FOREWORD
The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect the
views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum and are
intended for use in the oil and gas production
facilities,
oil
refineries,
chemical
and
petrochemical plants, gas handling and processing
installations and other such facilities.
IPS is based on internationally acceptable
standards and includes selections from the items
stipulated in the referenced standards. They are
also supplemented by additional requirements
and/or modifications based on the experience
acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and
the local market availability. The options which
are not specified in the text of the standards are
itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can
select his appropriate preferences therein.
The IPS standards are therefore expected to be
sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt
these standards to their requirements. However,
they may not cover every requirement of each
project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS
Standard shall be prepared by the user which
elaborates the particular requirements of the user.
This addendum together with the relevant IPS
shall form the job specification for the specific
project or work.
The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately
every five years. Each standards are subject to
amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the
latest edition of IPS shall be applicable
The users of IPS are therefore requested to send
their views and comments, including any
addendum prepared for particular cases to the
following address. These comments and
recommendations will be reviewed by the relevant
technical committee and in case of approval will
be incorporated in the next revision of the
standard.
Standards and Research department
No.19, Street14, North kheradmand
Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran .
Postal Code- 1585886851
Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055
Fax: 88810462
Email: Standards@nioc.org
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬
‫ ( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS ) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
،‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﺋﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر‬.‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي‬،‫و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬
.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ داده ﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص‬.‫ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ‬.‫آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر‬،‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬
19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬
‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬
66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
021-88810457 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬
Standards@nioc.org
:‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
: ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
GENERAL DEFINITIONS:
Throughout this Standard
definitions shall apply.
the
following
COMPANY :
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated
companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
such as National Iranian Oil Company, National
Iranian Gas Company, National Petrochemical
Company and National Iranian Oil Refinery And
Distribution Company.
PURCHASER :
Means the “Company" where this standard is a
part of direct purchaser order by the “Company”,
and the “Contractor” where this Standard is a part
of contract document.
VENDOR AND SUPPLIER:
Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or
fabricate the equipment or material.
CONTRACTOR:
Refers to the persons, firm or company whose
tender has been accepted by the company.
EXECUTOR :
Executor is the party which carries out all or part of
construction and/or commissioning for the project.
INSPECTOR :
The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a
person/persons or a body appointed in writing by
the company for the inspection of fabrication and
installation work
SHALL:
Is used where a provision is mandatory.
SHOULD:
Is used where a provision is advisory only.
WILL:
Is normally used in connection with the action by
the "Company" rather than by a contractor,
supplier or vendor.
MAY:
Is used where a provision is completely
discretionary.
.‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
: ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺜﻞ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬،‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺶ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺮآوردهﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻧﻔﺘﻲ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن "ﺷﺮﻛﺖ" ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
: ‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫ﮔﺮوه ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪاي اﻃﻼق‬/‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد‬
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ‬،‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
: ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
0
ENGINEERING STANDARD
FOR
PIPING & INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAMS (P & IDs)
FIRST REVISION
July 2009
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬
1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of
Petroleum. All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither
whole nor any part of this document maybe disclosed to any
third party, reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or
transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior
written consent of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬،‫از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
Page
No
CONTENTS:
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
:‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
0. INTRODUCTION ............................................. 4
4 .................................................................. .‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬-0
1. SCOPE................................................................ 6
6 .......................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
2. REFERENCES .................................................. 6
6 .................................................................. ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
3. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ......... 8
8 ................................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن‬-3
4. SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS.............. 9
9 ............................................. ‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات‬-4
5. UNITS ................................................................. 9
9 ................................................................. ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-5
6. GENERAL ......................................................... 9
9 ............................................................ ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-6
6.1 Definition..................................................... 9
9 ....................................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬1-6
6.2 Representation ............................................ 9
9 .............................................. ‫ ﻧﺤﻮه ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬2-6
6.3 Drafting ....................................................... 10
10 ................................................. ‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻛﺸﻲ‬3-6
6.4 Equipment Location Index ........................ 14
14 ........................... ‫ راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬4-6
6.5 Drawing Number........................................ 14
14 ..................................... ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬5-6
6.6 Arrangement............................................... 14
14 ...................................................... ‫ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬6-6
7. MINIMUM INFORMATION TO BE
SHOWN ON P&I DIAGRAMS .......................... 16
P&I ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ در ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬-7
16 ..................................................... .‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
7.1 General ........................................................ 16
16 ...................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-7
7.2 Equipment Indication ................................ 16
16 ....................................... ‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬2-7
7.3 Instrumentation .......................................... 26
26 ........................................ ‫ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬3-7
7.4 Piping........................................................... 27
27 .................................................. ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬4-7
7.5 General Notes.............................................. 32
32 .................................... ‫ ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬5-7
1
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
8. DESIGN CRITERIA FOR PREPARATION OF
P&I DIAGRAMS............................................... 34
34 ...................P&I ‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬-8
8.1 Assembly piping of pumps......................... 34
34 ............................. ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ‬1-8
8.2 Steam-Out, Drain and Vent for Vessels ... 35
35 ........... ‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﻇﺮوف‬،‫ ﺑﺨﺎر زﻧﻲ‬2-8
8.3 Bypass for Safety/Relief Valve .................. 36
36 ........................‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬/‫ ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬3-8
8.4 Block and Bypass Valves for Control
Valve ............................................................ 36
36 ... ‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد و ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬4-8
8.5 Line Numbering.......................................... 36
36 ....................................... ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺧﻂ‬5-8
8.6 Philosophy of Instrumentation
Installation ................................................. 37
37 ....................... ‫ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬6-8
8.7 Utility Connections ..................................... 37
37 ........................ ‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬7-8
8.8 Unit Battery Limit Installation.................. 39
39 ........................................... ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺮز واﺣﺪ‬8-8
8.9 Sample Connections ................................... 42
42 .................................... ‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي‬9-8
8.10 Steam Trap Assembly .............................. 42
42 ....................................... ‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر‬10-8
9. CRITERIA FOR UTILITY FLOW
DIAGRAMS...................................................... 44
44 .............. ‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬-9
10. ABBREVIATIONS / GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS
/ IDENTIFICATIONS....................................... 46
46 ..................... ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ‬/‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬/‫ اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات‬-10
11. PREPARATION OF P&I DIAGRAMS ........ 48
48 .......................... P&ID ‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎت ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬-11
11.1 General ...................................................... 48
48 .....................................................‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-11
11.2 Establishment of P&IDs Preparation
Steps............................................................. 48
48 .......... P&ID ‫ اﺳﺘﻘﺮار ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬2-11
11.3 Handling of Licensed Process.................. 55
55 ......... ‫ ﻧﺤﻮه ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﺗﺤﺖ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ‬3-11
11.4 Revisions of P&ID .................................... 58
58 .................................. P&ID ‫ اﺻﻼح ﻧﻤﻮدار‬4-11
11.5 Approval of P&ID .................................... 58
58 ................................. P&ID ‫ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬5-11
2
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
APPENDICES:
: ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX A ABBREVIATIONS/GRAPHICAL
SYMBOLS/IDENTIFICATIONS 60
60... ‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ ﻫﺎ‬/‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬/‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات‬
APPENDIX B P&IDs/UFDs TITLE BLOCK
(TYPICAL) ................................... 125
125....... (‫ )ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬UF/P&I ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب ﻛﺎدر ﻋﻨﻮان ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬
APPENDIX C REFERENCE BLOCKS ON
P&IDS ............................................ 126
126................. P&ID‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج ﻛﺎدرﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬
APPENDIX D UTILITIES IDENTIFICATION
TABLE (TYPICAL)..................... 127
127....................... ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
APPENDIX E NOZZLES IDENTIFICATIONS ON
VESSELS, REACTORS AND
TOWERS ...................................... 128
128 ‫ رآﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ و ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎ‬،‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫـ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎي ﻇﺮوف‬
APPENDIX F PRESSURE RATINGS
DESIGNATIONS-NOMINAL SIZE
(IMPERIAL-METRIC) ................. 129
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ و ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﺸﺎر – اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ‬
129...................................... (‫)اﻣﭙﺮﻳﺎل – ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ‬
APPENDIX G PIPE COMPONENT-NOMINAL
SIZE................................................ 130
130............................. ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ز اﺟﺰاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ – اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ‬
APPENDIX H TYPICAL SAMPLE
CONNECTION DETAILS FOR
GASES AND LIGHT LIQUIDS
(RVP ≥ 34.5 KPa) ......................... 131
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ح ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي‬
131..................................... ‫ﮔﺎزﻫﺎ و ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﺳﺒﻚ‬
APPENDIX I BLOCK AND BYPASS VALVES
FOR CONTROL VALVE ............ 132
132......... ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ط ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد و ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
APPENDIX J PHILOSOPHY OF
INSTRUMENTATION
INSTALLATION .......................... 134
134....................... ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ي ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
APPENDIX K MINIMUM REQUIREMENT FOR
PIPING & INSTRUMENTATION
DIAGRAMS (P &IDS) IN BASIC
DESIGN STAGE ........................ 135
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ك ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و‬
‫( در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬P &IDs) ‫ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
135.............................................. ‫ﻃﺮ اﺣﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
3
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬-0
0. INTRODUCTION
The Standard Practice Manuals titled as
"Fundamental Requirements for the Project
Design and Engineering" is intended for
convenience of use and pattern of follow-up and
also a guidance.
‫ﻫﺪف از ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮان‬
‫"اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﻨﻴﺎدي ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﺮوژه" ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ در‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده و اراﺋﻪ اﻟﮕﻮي ﭘﻴﮕﻴﺮي و رﻫﻨﻤﻮد ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻘﺎط ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
These Standard Engineering Practice Manuals,
also indicate the check points to be considered by
the process engineers for assurance of fulfillment
of prerequisitions at any stage in the
implementation of process plant projects.
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﻦ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﺶ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ از اﺟﺮاي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ را ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫( ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان‬IPS) ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ذﻛﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ادﻋﺎي‬
‫درﺑﺮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز در ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮوژه ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي را‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎي‬،‫ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﮔﺎز و ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ اﻳﺮان ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ آﻣﺎدهﺳﺎزي ﭘﺮوژه ﺳﻪ ﻓﺎز اﺻﻠﻲ زﻳﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ‬
‫در ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮوژه ﺑﻮده اﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﺤﺪود ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮدد را ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ‬
: ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
It should be noted that these Iranian Petroleum
Standards (IPS), as Practice Manuals do not
profess to cover all stages involved in every
process project, but they reflect the stages that
exist in general in process projects of oil, gas and
petrochemical industries of Iran.
These preparation stages describe the following
three main phases which can be distinguished in
every project & include, but not be limited to:
Phase I: Basic Design Stages (containing seven
Standards)
"(‫ "ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻔﺖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬:I ‫ﻓﺎز‬
‫ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﺧﺮﻳﺪ )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ دو‬،‫ "ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‬:II ‫ﻓﺎز‬
Phase II: Detailed Design, Engineering and
Procurement Stages (containing two Standards)
"‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ "دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ راه اﻧﺪازي و راه‬:III ‫ﻓﺎز‬
Phase III: Start-Up Sequence and General
Commissioning Procedures (containing two
Standards)
"(‫اﻧﺪازي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ دو اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﺮوه ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺎزده‬
:‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد زﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The process engineering standards of this group
include the following 11 standard:
(٧ ‫ ﺗﺎ‬١ ‫)ﺷﻤﺎره ﻫﺎي‬
I) Manuals of Phase I (Numbers 1 - 7)
I ‫( ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﺎز‬I
IPS-E-PR-150
Engineering Standard for Basic
Design
Package
&
Recommended Practice for
Feasibiliy Studieds
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬IPS-E-PR-150
‫و روﻳﻪ ﭘﻴـﺸﻨﻬﺎدي ﺑـﺮاي ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌـﺎت اﻣﻜـﺎن‬
‫ﺳﻨﺠﻲ‬
IPS-E-PR-170
Engineering
Standard
Process Flow Diagram
for
IPS-E-PR-190
Engineering
Standard
Layout and Spacing
for
IPS-E-PR-200
Engineering Standard for Basic
Engineering Design Data
IPS-E-PR-230
Engineering
Standard
for
Piping
&
Instrumentation
Diagrams (P&IDs)
IPS-E-PR-250
Engineering
Standard
Performance Guarantee
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳـﻲ ﺑـﺮاي ﻧﻤـﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن‬
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﺋﻲ و ﻓﺎﺻـﻠﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺬاري‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي داده ﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎي ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ‬
(P& ID ‫ﻛﺸﻲ و ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ‬
for
4
IPS-E-PR-170
IPS-E-PR-190
IPS-E-PR-200
IPS-E-PR-230
IPS-E-PR-250
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
Engineering
IPS-E-PR-308
Numbering System
Standard
for
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ اﺳــﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳــﻲ ﺑــﺮاي روش ﺷــﻤﺎره‬IPS-E-PR-308
‫ﮔﺬاري‬
II) Manuals of Phase II (Numbers 8& 9)
(9 ‫ و‬8 ‫ )ﺷﻤﺎره ﻫﺎي‬II ‫( ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﺎز‬II
IPS-E-PR-260
Engineering
Standard
for
Detailed design, Engineering
and Procurement
،‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‬IPS-E-PR-260
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬
IPS-E-PR-300
Engineering Standard for Plant
Technical and Equipment
Manuals
(Engineering
Dossiers)
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ‬IPS-E-PR-300
(‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ )ﭘﺮوﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
(11 ‫ و‬10 ‫ )ﺷﻤﺎره ﻫﺎي‬III ‫( ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻓﺎز‬III
III) Manuals of phase III (Numbers 10& 11)
IPS-E-PR-280
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
IPS-E-PR-280
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫــﺎي ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣـﺮاﺣـﻞ‬
‫راه اﻧﺪازي و راه اﻧﺪازي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
IPS-E-PR-290
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
:‫ در ﺑﺮﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﻣﻮﺿﻮع زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬، ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮع اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(P& IDs) ‫ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
Engineering Standard for StartUp Sequence and general
Commissioning Procedures
IPS-E-PR-290
Engineering Standard for Plant
Operating Manuals
This Engineering Standard Specification Covers:
Piping & Instrumentation Diagrams (P& IDs)
5
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
1. SCOPE
‫ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ و ﻣﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻨﻲ‬،‫در اﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ و‬،‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺮاي واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ و ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ و‬
‫ ﻫﺪف اﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ‬.‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ اراﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن دادن داﻣﻨﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت؛ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺷﻴﺮآﻻت و‬،‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ در ﻧﻈﺮ دارد ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﺎن روي‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و ادوات‬،‫ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬UDFD ‫ ﻫﺎ و‬P&ID
.‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﭘﺮوژهﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﺮار ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
This Engineering Standard Specification covers
the format and technical basis for the Piping and
Instrumentation Diagrams (P&IDs) and Utility
Distribution Flow Diagrams (UDFDs) for process,
offsite and utility plants. Namely, the purpose of
this manual is to indicate in general terms, the
extents of detailing, valving philosophy and
instrumentation requirements of similar process
designs.
This Standard is also intended to establish
uniform symbols for equipment, piping and
instrumentation on P&IDs and UDFDs throughout
the Oil, Gas and Petrochemical (OGP) projects.
:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 1:
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬1381 ‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد در ﻣﻬﺮﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﻣﻮارد ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان‬
.‫ اﺑﻼغ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ‬175 ‫ ﻃﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره‬1 ‫اﺻﻼﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره‬
This standard specification is reviewed and
updated by the relevant technical committee on
Oct. 2002, as amendment No. 1 by circular No.
175.
:2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 2:
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم و ﺑﻪ‬1388‫ﻛﻪ در ﺗﻴﺮ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫( اﻳﻦ‬0) ‫ از اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬.‫( اراﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬1) ‫ﻋﻨﻮان وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
This bilingual standard is a revised version of the
standard specification by the relevant technical
committee on July 2009 which is issued as
revision (1). Revision (0) of the said standard
specification is withdrawn.
:3 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 3:
‫ ﻣﺘﻦ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
In case of conflict between Farsi and English
languages, English language shall govern.
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
2. REFERENCES
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ و آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎي ﺗـﺎرﻳﺦ دار و ﺑـﺪون‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛـﻪ در‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺪارك ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬.‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺨـﺸﻲ از اﻳـﻦ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرداﺳـﺘﻔﺎده ﻗـﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ اﻧـﺪ‬
‫ وﻳـﺮاﻳﺶ‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟـﻊ ﺗـﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻼك ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗـﺎرﻳﺦ وﻳـﺮاﻳﺶ در‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬،‫آﻧﻬﺎ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬـﺎ ﺑـﻪ‬، ‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬.‫اﺟﺮا ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻧــﻀﻤﺎم ﻛﻠﻴــﻪ اﺻــﻼﺣﺎت و ﭘﻴﻮﺳــﺖ ﻫــﺎي آن ﻣــﻼك ﻋﻤــﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Throughout this Standard the following dated and
undated standards/codes are referred to. These
referenced documents shall, to the extent specified
herein, form a part of this standard. For dated
references, the edition cited applies. The
applicability of changes in dated references that
occur after the cited date shall be mutually agreed
upon by the Company and the Vendor. For
undated references, the latest edition of the
referenced documents (including any supplements
and amendments) applies.
ASME(AMERICAN
SOCIETY
MECHANICAL ENGINEERS)
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASME
OF
B31 Series "For Pressure Piping"
"‫"ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
6
B31 ‫ﺳﺮي‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
B16.1
"Cast Iron Pipe
Flanged Fittings,
1st.Ed.,1989"
Flange
Class
and
25,
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫"ﻓﻠـــﻨﺞ ﭼـــﺪﻧﻲ و اﺗـــﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺠـــﻲ‬
"1989 ، ‫ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬، 25 ‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
B 16.1
(‫ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS
IPS (IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS)
IPS-E-PR-200 "Engineering Standard for
Basic Engineering Design
Data"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳـﻲ ﺑـﺮاي داده ﻫـﺎي‬IPS-E-PR-200
" ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
IPS-E-PR-308 "Engineering Standard
Numbering System"
for
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬IPS-E-PR-308
"‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري‬
IPS-E-PR-725 "Engineering Standard for
Process Design of Plant Waste
Sewer Systems"
‫ "اﺳــﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳــﻲ ﺑــﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣــﻲ‬IPS-E-PR-752
"‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﺎﺿﻼب واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬
IPS-E-IN-160 "Engineering Standard
Control Valves"
for
‫ "اﺳــﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳــﻲ ﺑــﺮاي ﺷــﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬IPS-E-IN-160
"‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
IPS-D-AR-010 "Drawing
Standard
for
Abbreviations & Symbols for
HVAC&R Drawings"
‫ "ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات‬IPS-D-AR-010
"HVAC&R‫و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي‬
IPS-D-AR-011 "Drawing Standard for General
Notes for HVAC&R System"
‫ "ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت‬IPS-D-AR-011
"HVAC&R ‫ﻛﻠﻲ در ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬
( ‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺳﻴﻮن‬ISA
ISA (THE INTERNATIONAL SOCIETY OF
AUTOMATION )
S5.1
"Instrumentation Symbols and
Identification 1st. Ed., 1984"
‫"ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ادوات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ‬
"1984 ‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬
S 5.1
S5.2
"Binary Logic Diagrams for
Process Operations 2nd. Ed.,
1981 (Reaffirmed 1992)"
S 5.2
S5.3
"Graphic
Symbols
for
Distributed Control / Shared
Display Instrumentation, Logic
and
Computer
Systems
“Ed.,1983"
‫"ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫــﺎي ﻣﻨﻄﻘــﻲ دوﺗــﺎﺋﻲ ﺑــﺮاي‬
1981 ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي وﻳـﺮاﻳﺶ دوم‬
"(1992 ‫)ﺗﺄﺋﻴﺪ ﻣﺠﺪد‬
‫"ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل‬
‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳـﺸﮕﺮ ادوات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ‬/ ‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮده‬
‫ راﻳﺎﻧـﻪاي و ﻣﻨﻄﻘـﻲ وﻳـﺮاﻳﺶ‬،‫ﺷـﺮاﻛﺘﻲ‬
"1983
S5.4
"Instrument Loop Diagrams
Ed., 1991"
‫"ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎي ﻣـﺪار ادوات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ‬
"1991 ‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
S 5.4
S5.5
"Graphic Symbols for Process
Displays 1st. Ed., 1985"
‫"ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻤﺎﻳـﺸﮕﺮﻫﺎي‬
"1985 ‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬
S 5.5
S18.1
"Annunciator Sequences and
Specifications 1st. Ed., 1979
(Reaffirmed 1992)"
S 18.1
S50.1
"Compatibility of Analogue
Signals
for
Electronic
Industrial Process Instruments
‫"ﻣﺸﺨــﺼﺎت و ﺗــﻮاﻟﻲ اﻋــﻼم ﻛﻨﻨــﺪه‬
‫ )ﺗﺄﺋﻴــﺪ ﻣﺠــﺪد‬1979 ‫وﻳــﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬
"(1992
‫"ﺳﺎزﮔﺎري ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ ﺑـﺮاي‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻚ ادوات اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ‬
7
S 5.3
S 50.1
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
1st. Ed., 1975 ( Reaffirmed
1995)"
S51.1
‫) ﺗﺄﺋﻴـﺪ‬1975 ‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي وﻳـﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬
"(1995 ‫ﻣﺠﺪد‬
‫"واژﮔـﺎن ادوات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨـﺪي‬
‫ )ﺗﺄﺋﻴــﺪ ﻣﺠــﺪد‬1979 ‫وﻳــﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬
"(1993
"Process Instrumentation
Terminology 1st. Ed., 1979
(Reaffirmed 1993)"
"Drawings-Lettering, Part 1:
Currently Used Characters 1st.
Ed. 1974"
3511
"Process Measurement Control
Functions and InstrumentationSymbolic Representation
،‫" ﻧﻘـﺸﻪ ﻫـﺎي ﻓﻨـﻲ و ﺣـﺮوف ﮔـﺬاري‬
‫ ﻛﺎرآﻛﺘﺮﻫﺎي ﻣـﻮرد اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده‬:‫ﺑﺨﺶ اول‬
"1974 ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬
‫" ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻮاﺑﻊ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي‬
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
Part 4: Basic Symbols for Process Computer,
Interface, and Shared Display/Control
Functions Ed. 1985"
‫"اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ – ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ و اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
(‫(" )اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ‬DN)
"Pipe
Work
componentsDefinition and Selection of
DN(Nominal size) "
3511
6708
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬API
API (AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE)
Standard 602
3098
1977 ‫ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬،‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬:1 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ واﺳﻄﻪ‬،‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬:4 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ ﺗﻮاﺑﻊ‬/ ‫( و ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺷﺮاﻛﺘﻲ‬Interface)
"1985 ‫ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
Part 1: Basic requirements, Ed. 1977
6708
S 51.1
(‫ )ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ISO
ISO (INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION
FOR STANDARDIZATION)
3098
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
،‫"ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي دروازهاي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻣﺘﺮاﻛﻢ‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬،‫ ﭘﻴﭻ رزوهاي دار‬،‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺪه و اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻛﺸﻴﺪه وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬
"1998
"Compact steel gate valves
flanged, threaded, welding and
extended body ends 7th Ed.,
1998"
Std 602
‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن‬-3
3. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
:‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‬/‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬
COMPANY OR EMPLOYER/OWNER:
‫ﻳﺎ ﺷـﺮﻛﺖ ﻫـﺎي واﺑـﺴﺘﻪ ﺑـﻪ وزارت‬/‫اﺷﺎره دارد ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد واﺑﺴﺘﻪ و‬
‫( ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠـﻲ ﮔـﺎز‬NIOC) ‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
.‫( و ﻏﻴﺮه‬NPC) ‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ اﻳﺮان‬،(NIGC) ‫اﻳﺮان‬
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated
companies of the Iranian ministry of petroleum
such as National Iranian Oil Company (NIOC),
National Iranian Gas Company (NIGC), National
Petrochemical Company (NPC), etc.
:‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ اﻣﺘﻴﺎز‬
LICENSER:
Refers to a company duly organized and existing
under the laws of the said company’s country and
as referred to in the preamble to the contract.
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ اﺷﺎره دارد ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻻزم ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﻳﺎﻓﺘـﻪ و ﺗﺤـﺖ‬
‫ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ ﻛﺸﻮر ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻛـﻪ در ﻣﻘﺪﻣـﻪ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎن آورده‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
PROJECT:
Refers to the equipment, machinery and materials
to be procured by the "Contractor" and the works
and/or all activities to be performed and rendered
by the "Contractor" in accordance with the terms
and conditions of the contract documents.
:‫ﻃﺮح‬
‫ ﻣﺎﺷــﻴﻦآﻻت و ﻣــﻮادي ﻛــﻪ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ‬،‫اﺷــﺎره دارد ﺑــﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴــﺰات‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ وﻓﻖ‬/‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﻛﺎرﻫﺎ و‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜـﺎر اﺟـﺮا و اراﺋـﻪ‬،‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ و ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ اﺳﻨﺎد ﭘﻴﻤـﺎن‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
8
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
:(‫واﺣﺪ)ﻫﺎ‬
UNIT(S):
‫ﻳـﺎ‬/‫ ﺧـﺎرج از ﻣﺤﻮﻃـﻪ و‬، ‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤـﺎم واﺣـﺪﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨـﺪي‬
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ و ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺗﻲ اﺷﺎره دارد ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺮاي ﺗـﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳـﺎ ﭘﺘﺮوﺷـﻴﻤﻲ ﻻزم‬/‫ ﮔـﺎز و‬،‫ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺗﻲ ﻧﻔـﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Refer to one or all process, offsite and/or utility
Units and facilities as applicable to form a
complete operable oil, gas and/or petrochemical
plant.
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات‬-4
4. SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺧﺘـﺼﺎرات ﺑـﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ اﻟـﻒ اﻳـﻦ اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
For symbols and abbreviations refer to Appendix
A of this Standard
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-5
5. UNITS
،(SI) ‫ ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨـﺎي ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑـﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠـﻲ واﺣـﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜـﻪ در‬،‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-GN-100 ‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
This standard is based on International System of
Units (SI), as per IPS-E-GN-100 except where
otherwise specified.
6. GENERAL
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-6
6.1 Definition
‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬1-6
‫( ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺮاﺳـﺎس‬P&ID) ‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و ادوات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ‬
‫ ﻋﺒﺎرت از درك ﻓﻨـﻲ‬،‫( ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬PFD) ‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫از ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻲ و ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻄﻮر ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺑـﺮاي ﺗﻮاﺑـﻊ اﻧـﺪازهﮔﻴـﺮي‬
‫ ﻧﻤـﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن‬.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي و وﻇﺎﻳﻒ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻣـﻲﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬
‫( ﻳــﻚ ﻧــﻮع ﺧــﺎص از‬UDFD) ‫ﺗﻮزﻳــﻊ ﺳــﺮوﻳﺲﻫــﺎي ﺟــﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﺟـﺎﻧﺒﻲ درون ﻳـﻚ واﺣـﺪ‬P&ID
‫ ﺗﻮزﻳـﻊ و‬،‫ ﺧﻄﻮط و وﺳـﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺮاي اﻧﺘﻘـﺎل‬،‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات‬.‫ﺟﻤﻊآوري ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬
‫ را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻳﻚ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺶ‬UDFD ‫ در‬،‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺧﻄـﻲ )ﺑـﺮاي ﻣﺜـﺎل ﺷـﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻪ( ﺑـﺎ اﺗـﺼﺎﻻت‬
.‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داد‬
The Piping and Instrument Diagram (P&ID),
based on the Process Flow Diagram (PFD),
represents the technical realization of a process by
means of graphical symbols for equipment and
piping as well as graphical symbols for process
measurement and control functions.The Utility
Distribution Flow Diagram (UDFD) is a special
type of a P&ID which represents the utility
systems within a process plant showing all lines
and other means required for the transport,
distribution and collection of utilities. The process
equipment in the UDFD can be represented as a
box with inscription (e.g., identification number)
and with utility connections.
‫ ﻧﺤﻮه ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬2-6
6.2 Representation
The representation and designation of all the
equipment, instrumentation and piping should
comply with the requirements of this Standard.
Auxiliary systems may be represented by
rectangular boxes with reference to the separate
diagrams.
‫ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬،‫ﻧﺤﻮه ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ و ﻋﻨﻮان ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﻤﻜﻲ را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ‬
.‫ﻛﻪ ارﺟﺎع ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻣﺠﺰا ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داد‬
Dimensions of the graphical symbols for
equipment and machinery (except pumps, drivers,
valves and fittings) should reflect the actual
dimensions relative to one another as to scale and
elevation. The graphical symbols for process
measurement and control functions for equipment,
machinery and piping, as well as piping and
،‫اﺑﻌﺎد ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦآﻻت )ﺑﺠﺰ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي‬،‫ﮔﺮداﻧﺪهﻫﺎ‬
.‫واﻗﻌﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس و ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي و ﺗﻮاﺑﻊ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦآﻻت و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮدﺷﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
valves themselves, shall be shown in the logical
position with respect to their functions.
9
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
All equipment shall be represented such that the
consistency in their dimensions is considered if
not in contrast to the good representation of the
equipment.
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺪون ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت ﺑﺎ ﻧﺤﻮه ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻄﻠﻮب ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻛﺸﻲ‬3-6
6.3 Drafting
‫ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-6
6.3.1 General rules
Drafting shall be in accordance with the
requirements outlined in this Standard. The
drafting must be of sufficiently high quality to
maintain legibility when the drawing is reduced to
an A3 size sheet.
‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻛـﺸﻲ‬.‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ و ﺣﻔﻆ ﺧﻮاﻧﺎﺋﻲ در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻧﻤـﻮدن‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬A3 ‫ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬2-3-6
6.3.2 Drawings sheet sizes
(841mm × 1189mm) A0 ‫ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫــﺎ روي ﺻــﻔﺤﻪ اﻧــﺪازه‬
Diagrams should be shown on A0 size (841 mm ×
1189 mm). A1 size (591 mm × 841 mm) may be
used for simple P&IDs and UDFDs as per
Company’s approval (see Article 6.3.3.2 for
drawing dimensions and title block sizes).
‫ ﻫـــﺎي ﺳﺎده ﻣـﻲﺗـﻮان از‬UDFDs ‫ ﻫﺎ و‬P&IDs ‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫( ﭘﺲ از اﺧـﺬ‬591mm ×841mm) A1 ‫ﺻﻔﺤـــﻪ اﻧـــــﺪازه‬
2-3-3-6 ‫ )رﺟـﻮع ﺷـﻮد ﺑـﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪ‬.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد‬،‫ﺗﺄﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
.(‫راﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ اﺑﻌﺎد ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ و اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎدر ﻋﻨﻮان‬
‫ ﻛﺎدر ﻋﻨﻮان ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬3-3-6
6.3.3 Drawing title block
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ذﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎدر ﻋﻨﻮان ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘـﺸﻪ ﻧـﺸﺎن‬1-3-3-6
6.3.3.1 The following requirements shall be
shown on the title block of each drawing (see
Appendix B):
("‫داده ﺷﻮد )رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ"ب‬
‫ ﺟﺪول وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ؛‬‫ ﻧﺎم ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اﺻﻠﻲ )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان(؛‬-
- Revision table;
- Main Company’s name (e.g., National
Iranian Oil Company);
- Name of Company Relevant Organization, (if
any), (e.g., Refineries Engineering and
Construction);
،‫ ﻧﺎم ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ(؛‬
- Name of refinery or plant (in English and
Persian words);
‫ ﻧﺎم ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ )ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮوف ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ(؛‬‫ ﻧﺸﺎن ﺷﺮﻛﺖ؛‬‫ ﻧﺎم ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر؛‬‫ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻧﻘﺸﻪ؛‬‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻃﺮح ﺷﺮﻛﺖ؛‬‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻛﺎر ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر )اﺧﺘﻴﺎري(؛‬‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر )اﺧﺘﻴﺎري(؛‬-
- COMPANY’S emblem;
- Contractor’s name;
- Drawing title;
- Company’s project No.;
- Contractor’s job No. (optional);
- Contractor’s drawing No. (optional);
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ؛‬-
- Company’s drawing No.
10
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي ﻧﻘﺸﻪ و ﻛﺎدر ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ذﻳﻞ‬2-3-3-6
6.3.3.2 Title block sizes and drawing dimensions
shall be as follows:
:‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Drawing Dimensions
Title Block Size (Including Revision Table)
(mm × mm)
Width (mm) × Length (mm)
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎي ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
( ‫اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎدر ﻋﻨﻮان )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺪول وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
(‫)ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
(‫ﭘﻬﻨﺎ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( × ﻃﻮل )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
A0 = 841 × 1189
180 × 190
A1 = 594 × 841
130 × 175
A2 = 420 × 594
100 × 155
A3 = 297 × 420
75 × 120
‫ ﭘﻬﻨﺎي ﺧﻂ‬4-3-6
6.3.4 Line widths
.‫ﺑﺮاي وﺿﻮح ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﺎ ﭘﻬﻨﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد‬
.‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﺻﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺮ رﻧﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
:‫ﭘﻬﻨﺎي ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ذﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
To obtain a clear representation, different line
widths shall be used. Main flow lines or main
piping shall be highlighted.
The following line widths shall be applied:
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط اﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ؛‬0/8 ‫ ﺧﻄــﻮط‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘــﺮ ﺑــﺮاي ﺧﻄــﻮط دﻳﮕــﺮ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨــﺪ‬0/5 ‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ و ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ؛‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘــﺮ ﺑــﺮاي ﻧــﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫــﺎ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜــﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴــﺰات و‬0/5 ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦآﻻت ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬
- 0.8 mm for main process lines;
- 0.5 mm for other process lines; utility lines,
and underground lines;
- 0.5 mm for graphical symbols for equipment
and machinery, except valves and fittings and
piping accessories;
- 0.5 mm for rectangular boxes for illustrating
Unit operations, process equipment, etc.;
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﻣـﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ ﺷـﺮح دﻫﻨـﺪه‬0/5 ‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ و ﻏﻴﺮه؛‬،‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت واﺣﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘــﺮ ﺑــﺮاي ﺧﻄــﻮط ﺟﺮﻳــﺎن ﻓﺮﻋــﻲ و ﺧﻄــﻮط‬0/5 ‫ﻓﺮآوردهﻫﺎي ﻓﺮﻋﻲ و ﺧﻄﻮط ﺣﺎﻣﻞ اﻧﺮژي و ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ؛‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻼس‬0/4 -
- 0.5 mm for subsidiary flow lines or subsidiary
product lines and for energy carrier lines and
auxiliary system lines;
- 0.4 mm for class changes designation;
- 0.3 mm for graphical symbols for valves and
fittings and piping accessories and for symbols
for process measurement and control functions,
control and data transmission lines;
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ و اﺗـﺼﺎﻻت‬0/3 ‫و ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ اﻧـﺪازهﮔﻴـﺮيﻫـﺎ و ﺗﻮاﺑـﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ و ﺧﻄﻮط اﻧﺘﻘﺎل دادهﻫﺎ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل؛‬
‫ راﻳﺎﻧـﻪاي و‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎلﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗـﻲ‬0/3 ‫ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻘﻲ؛‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺮﺟﻊ؛‬0/3 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘـﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده‬0/3 ‫از ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﺎ ﭘﻬﻨﺎي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ﺷﻮد؛‬
- 0.3 mm for all electrical, computer and
instrument signals;
- 0.3 mm for reference lines;
Line widths of less than 0.3 mm shall not be
used.
11
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﺧﻄﻮط‬5-3-6
6.3.5 Line spacing
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺧﻄـﻮط ﻣـﻮازي ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﻛﻤﺘـﺮ از دو ﺑﺮاﺑـﺮ ﭘﻬﻨـﺎي‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘـﺮ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬1 ‫ﺿﺨﻴﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ اﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑـﺎ ﺣـﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﻘـﺪار‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺧﻄـﻮط ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن‬10 ‫وﺟﻮد ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The space between parallel lines shall not be less
than twice the width of the heaviest of these lines
with a minimum value of 1 mm. A spacing of 10
mm and more is desirable between flow lines.
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬6-3-6
6.3.6 Direction of flow
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﺻﻠﻲ از ﭼﭗ ﺑﻪ راﺳﺖ و از ﺑـﺎﻻ ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮدارﻫﺎي ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑـﺮاي ﻧـﺸﺎن دادن‬.‫ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎنﻫﺎي ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ و ﻳﺎ ﺧـﺎرج ﻧﻤـﻮدار ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻲﺗﻮان از‬،‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮاي درك ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ روﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮدارﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ورودي ﺑـــﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات و ﻣﺎﺷـﻴﻦآﻻت )ﺑـﻪ ﺟـﺰ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽـﻪ‬.‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ( و ﺑﺎﻻ دﺳﺖ اﻧﺸﻌﺎﺑﺎت ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤـﻮد‬
‫ ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺧﻄـﻮط ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن و‬،‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ در ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﻣـﻲﺗـﻮان ﺑـﻪ ﻧﺤـﻮي ﻛـﺸﻴﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬
،‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﺠﺰا ﻛﻨﺎر ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت اﻓﻘـﻲ ﻗـﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪ‬
.‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻫﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ در اﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت اداﻣﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
In general, the main direction of flow proceeds
from left to right and from top to bottom. Inlet and
outlet arrows are used for indicating the inlet and
outlet of flows into or out of the diagram. Arrows
are incorporated in the line for indicating the
direction of the flows within the flow diagram. If
necessary for proper understanding, arrows may be
used at the inlets to equipment and machinery
(except for pumps) and upstream of pipe branches.
If a diagram consists of several sheets, the
incoming and outgoing flow lines or piping on a
sheet may be drawn in such a manner that the lines
continue at the same level when the individual
sheets are horizontally aligned.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬7-3-6
6.3.7 Connections
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺟﺮﻳﺎن و ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺻـﻮرت‬
:‫ زﻳﺮ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬2 ‫ و‬1 ‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎي‬
Connections between flow lines or pipelines shall
be drawn as shown in Figs. 1 and 2 below:
Fig.1
Fig. 2
1 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
2 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ دو ﺧﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را ﻛـﻪ‬4 ‫ و‬3 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻤﺎره‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
Figs. 3 and 4 show two flow lines or pipelines,
which are not connected:
12
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
Fig.3
Fig.4
3 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
4 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﺎر‬8-3-6
6.3.8 Inscriptions
‫ ﻧﻮع ﺣﺮوف ﮔﺬاري‬1-8-3-6
6.3.8.1 Type of lettering
ISO 3098 ‫ﺣﺮوف ﮔﺬاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اول اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
Lettering in accordance with ISO 3098 Part 1,
Type B vertical, to be used.
.‫ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬B ‫ﻧﻮع‬
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺣﺮوف ﮔﺬاري‬2-8-3-6
6.3.8.2 Height of lettering
:‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺣﺮوف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪ؛‬7 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘـﺮ ﺑـﺮاي ﻋﻨـﻮان ﻧﻘـﺸﻪ و ﺷـﻤﺎرهﻫـﺎي ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻪ‬5 ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺻﻠﻲ؛‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ؛‬3 -
The height of letters should be:
- 7 mm for drawing number;
- 5 mm for drawing title and identification
numbers of major equipment;
- 3 mm for other inscriptions.
‫ آراﻳﺶ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﺎر‬3-8-3-6
6.3.8.3 Arrangement of inscription
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
a) Equipment
‫ﺷﻤﺎرهﻫـﺎي ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات ﺗﻮﺻـﻴﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮد ﻧﺰدﻳـﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در داﺧﻞ آن ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ‬
،‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ‬،‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﻋﻨﻮان‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه( را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان زﻳـﺮ ﺷـﻤﺎرهﻫـﺎي ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻪ‬
.‫آورد‬
Identification numbers for equipment should be
located close to the relevant graphical symbol,
and should not be written into it. Further details
(e.g., designation, design capacity, design
pressure, etc.) may also be placed under the
identification numbers.
‫ب( ﺧﻄﻮط ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬
b) Flow lines or piping
‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﺧﻄﻮط ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮازات و ﺑـﺎﻻي‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط اﻓﻘﻲ و در ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ و ﻣـﻮازي ﺑـﺎ ﺧـﻂ ﻋﻤـﻮدي‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﺮوع و ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺟﺮﻳﺎن و ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ‬.‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣـﻮارد‬،‫ﻛﺸﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻓﻮري ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﺴﺎن ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮوف ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Designation of flow lines or piping shall be
written parallel to and above horizontal lines
and at the left of and parallel to vertical lines. If
the beginning and end of flow lines or piping
are not immediately recognizable, identical
ones should be indicated by corresponding
letters.
‫ج( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
c) Valves and fittings
‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻮازات ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
Designation of valves and fittings shall be
written next to the graphical symbol and
parallel to the direction of flow.
13
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
control
‫د( اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ و ﺗﻮاﺑﻊ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
The representation should be in accordance
with the requirements stipulated in ISA-S5.1
and ISO 3511, Parts 1 and 4, latest revisions
unless otherwise specified in this Standard.
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻧﺤﻮه ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣــﺎت در آﺧـﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ و ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي اول و ﭼﻬﺎرم‬ISA-S 5.1 ‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اﺳﺘﺎﻧـﺪارد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕـﺮي در اﻳـﻦ‬ISO 3511 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
d) Process
functions
measurement
and
‫ راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬4-6
6.4 Equipment Location Index
‫ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻـﻠﻪ ﻫـﺎي‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘـﺮ( ﺗﻘـﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧـــﺪ‬50 ‫ﻣﺴﺎوي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ و ﭘﻬﻨﺎ )ﻫﺮﻛﺪام‬
‫ و در ﭘﻬﻨـﺎ از‬23 ‫ ﺗـﺎ‬1 ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﻮل از ﺷـﻤﺎره ﻫـﺎي‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬.‫" ﻧﺎم ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬P" ‫" ﺗﺎ‬A" ‫ﺣﺮوف‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در ﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آدرس دادن ﻣﺨﺘـﺼﺎت‬
‫ در ﻓﻀﺎي ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺳـﻤﺖ راﺳـﺖ ﻧﻤـﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن‬.‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺻـﻠﻲ ﺑـﺮ‬، "‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮان "راﻫﻨﻤﺎي اﻗﻼم‬
‫ﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮوف و ﻋﺪد و ﻣﺨﺘـﺼﺎت ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴـﺖ‬
‫ در ﻳـﻚ ﺻـﻔﺤﻪ ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧـــﻪ و‬.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺎ ﻳﻚ "راﻫﻨﻤﺎي اﻗﻼم" ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗـﺎ‬P&IDs ‫ﻣﺠﺰا از‬
‫ ﻣﺮﺟـﻊ و ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴـﺖ‬P&IDs ‫ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ را ﺑﺎ‬/‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات واﺣﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺑﻴﺎن ﻛﻨﺪ‬
Piping and Instrument Diagrams shall be divided
into equivalent intervals (each in 50 mm) either in
length or width. The intervals shall be designated
with numbers from 1 to 23 in length and alphabets
from "A" to "P" in width. Equipment location on
each diagram shall be addressed by the relevant
coordinates where required. In upper right-hand
area of the flow diagram under title of "Item
Index" all main equipment shall be listed by
equipment number, alphabetically and numerically
and equipment location coordinates. In a separate
sheet apart from P&IDs, an "Item Index" shall be
prepared to summarize all equipment of the
Unit/Plant with reference P&IDs and equipment
location.
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬5-6
6.5 Drawing Number
‫ "ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬IPS-E-PR-308 ‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
.‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري" ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Numbering of drawings shall be according to
IPS-E-PR-308, "Numbering System".
‫ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬6-6
6.6 Arrangement
6.6.1 The preferred arrangement is such that
towers, vessels and fired heaters are shown in the
upper half of the diagram, heat exchange
equipment in the upper three quarters as practical,
and machinery equipment in the lower quarter. The
spacing of equipment and flow lines shall permit
identification and tracing of the lines easily.
‫ ﻛﻮره ﻫﺎ در ﻧﺼﻒ‬،‫ ﻇﺮوف‬،‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬1-6-6
6.6.2 The area above the title block on each sheet
shall be completely left open for notes.
‫ ﻓﻀﺎي ﺑﺎﻻي ﻛﺎدر ﻋﻨﻮان در ﻫﺮ ﺑﺮگ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑـﺮاي‬2-6-6
6.6.3 The general flow scheme shall be from left to
right. Unnecessary line crossing should be
avoided.
‫ از‬.‫ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭼـﭗ ﺑـﻪ راﺳـﺖ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬3-6-6
6.6.4 Process lines entering and leaving the
diagram from/to other drawings in the Unit shall
be terminated at the left-hand or right-hand side of
the drawing. Lines from/to higher number
drawings shall enter and leave the drawing on the
right-hand end and vice versa.
‫ ﺧﻄـــﻮط ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟـــﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨـــﺪي ﻧﻤـــﻮدار از‬4-6-6
‫ ﻣﺒﺪل ﻫـﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗـﻲ در ﺣـﺪ اﻣﻜـﺎن در ﺳـﻪ ﭼﻬـﺎرم‬،‫ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦآﻻت در رﺑﻊ ﺗﺤﺘـﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤـﻮدار ﻧـﺸﺎن‬
‫ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﺧﻄﻮط ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻪ و‬.‫داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫رهﻳﺎﺑﻲ آﺳﺎن ﺧﻄﻮط را ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﺎزد‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻋﺒﻮر ﻏﻴﺮﺿﺮوري ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ در واﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ و ﻳﺎ راﺳﺖ ﻧﻘـﺸﻪ‬
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط از ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫـﺎي ﺑـﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ در‬.‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ﻗــﺴﻤﺖ اﻧﺘﻬــﺎﻳﻲ ﺳــﻤﺖ راﺳــﺖ ﻧﻘــﺸﻪ وارد و ﺧــﺎرج ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ و‬
.‫ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ‬
14
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ در ﻫﺮ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﻧﻘـﺸﻪ وارد و ﻳـﺎ ﺧـﺎرج‬5-6-6
6.6.5 Each process line entering or leaving the side
of the drawing should indicate the following
requirements in an identification box (see
Appendix C):
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ذﻳﻞ را در ﻳـﻚ ﻛـﺎدر ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻪ )رﺟـﻮع ﺑـﻪ‬
:‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج( ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺧﻂ‬
a) The line service
b) The origin or destination equipment item
number
‫ب( ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻣﺒﺪاء ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ‬
c) Continuation drawing number with the
relevant coordinates.
.‫ج( ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ذﻛﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
‫از واﺣﺪﻫﺎي دﻳﮕـﺮ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ در ﭘـﺎﺋﻴﻦ‬/‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ‬6-6-6
6.6.6 Process lines to/from other Units should be
terminated at the bottom of the drawing at a box
indicating the following requirements (see also
Appendix C):
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣـﺎت ذﻳـﻞ در ﻳـﻚ ﺟﻌﺒـﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻪ‬،‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﺮﺳـﻨﺪ‬
.‫)رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ "ج"( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺧﻂ‬
a) The line service
b) Source or destination Unit name and number
‫ب( ﺷﻤﺎره و ﻧﺎم واﺣﺪ ﻣﺒﺪاء ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ‬
c) The drawing number of the connecting flow
diagrams with the relevant coordinates.
‫ج( ﺷــﻤﺎره ﻧﻘــﺸﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫــﺎي ﺟﺮﻳــﺎﻧﻲ ﻣــﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑــﺎ ذﻛــﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ورودي ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮوﺟـﻲ‬7-6-6
6.6.7 All utility lines entering or leaving the
diagram shall be terminated at any convenient
location at a box indicating the relevant utility
service abbreviation (e.g., CWS, CWR, IA, etc.).
See IPS-E-PR-308, "Numbering System" and
Appendix A of this Standard for utility services
abbreviations. “Utilities Identification Table”
Showing utility services with the reference
drawings should be provided at top or left hand
side of each drawing title block (see Appendix D).
‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ در ﻣﺤﻠـﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺐ ﺑـﺎ ﻧـﺸﺎن دادن اﺧﺘـﺼــﺎرات‬
IA, CWR, CWS ‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜـﺎل‬
IPS-E-PR- ‫و ﻏﻴﺮه( در ﻳﻚ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ رﺟﻮع ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ "ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﺎرهﮔﺬاري" و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ "اﻟﻒ" اﻳﻦ اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬308
‫ ﺗﻮﺻـﻴﻪ ﻣـﻲ ﺷـﻮد ﻳـﻚ‬.‫ﺑﺮاي اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﺎي ﺟـﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫"ﺟﺪول ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ " ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫را ﺑﺎ ذﻛﺮ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳـﺎ ﭼـﭗ ﻫﺮﻛـﺎدر‬
("‫ )رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ "د‬.‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﻧﻘﺸﻪ اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ و ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت‬،‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬،‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎلﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻘﻲ‬8-6-6
6.6.8 Instrument, control system and software
linkage signals from sheet to sheet shall be
terminated preferably at the side of sheet or in an
appropriate location at a box indicating the
continuation instrument number, location, and
drawing number (see Appendix C).
‫ﻧﺮماﻓﺰاري ﻛﻪ از ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲروﻧـﺪ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤـ ًﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﻨﺎر ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻳﺎ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ در ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎدر ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻞ و ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪ )رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﻌﺪي‬
.‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ "ج"( ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫ ﻛـﻮره ﻫـﺎ‬،‫ ﻣﺨـﺎزن‬،‫ ﻇﺮوف‬،‫ ﺷﺮح ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮج ﻫــﺎ‬9-6-6
6.6.9 Equipment descriptions of towers, vessels,
tanks, furnaces, exchangers, mixers and other
equipment except machinery shall be located along
the top of the flow diagram. Machinery
descriptions shall be along the bottom.
‫ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ‬،‫ﻣﺒﺪل ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
.‫از ﻣﺎﺷــﻴﻦآﻻت ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ در اﻣﺘــﺪاد ﺑــﺎﻻي ﻧﻤــﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳــﺎن ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦآﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﻣﺘﺪاد ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن ﻗـﺮار‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
15
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
7. MINIMUM INFORMATION
SHOWN ON P&I DIAGRAMS
TO
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
P&I ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺴﺘﻲ در ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎي‬-7
BE
.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
7.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-7
7.1.1 Each P&ID shall present all information as
required herein below during implementation of a
project in detailed design phase. Extent of
information shown on each P&ID in the basic
design stage shall be agreed by Company in
advance.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ذﻳﻞ را در‬P&ID ‫ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬1-1-7
7.1.2 Vendor supplied packages with an outline of
the main components shall be shown in a
dashed/dotted box. Letter "PU" referring to
package shall be indicated adjacent to each
equipment and instrument of the package.
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑـﺎ ﺧﻼﺻـﻪ اي از‬2-1-7
7.1.3 Equipment, instruments or piping which are
traced or jacketed, shall be shown.
‫ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛـﺸﻲ ﻛـﻪ داراي‬،‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1-7
7.1.4 The identification number and service
presentation shall be shown for each piece of
equipment. This information shall be indicated in
or adjacent to towers, drums, heaters, tanks and
heat exchangers, etc.
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ و ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻧـﺸﺎن داده‬4-1-7
‫ ﮔـﺴﺘﺮه‬.‫ﻃﻮل اﺟﺮاي ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اراﺋﻪ دﻫـﺪ‬
‫ در ﻣﺮﺣﻠـﻪ‬P&ID ‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻧـﺸﺎن داده ﺷـﺪه در ﻫـﺮ ﻧﻤـﻮدار‬
.‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫اﺟﺰاء اﺻﻠﻲ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎدر ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭼﻴﻦ و ﺧﻂ ﭼﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎن‬
‫" ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ واﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺎر ﻫـﺮ ﻳـﻚ‬PU" ‫ ﺣﺮف‬.‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ داﺧﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻋﺎﻳﻖ و ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮره‬،‫ ﻇﺮوف‬،‫ اﻳﻦ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در داﺧﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺎر ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻣﺨﺎزن و ﻣﺒﺪل ﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه ذﻛﺮ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬2-7
7.2 Equipment Indication
‫ ﻇﺮوف‬،‫ ﺑﺮجﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻣﺨﺎزن‬1-2-7
7.2.1 Vessels, towers, drums
:‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬1-1-2-7
7.2.1.1 The following requirements shall be
shown:
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ )در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد(؛‬
a) Changes of shell diameter (if any);
b) Top and bottom trays, and those trays which
are necessary to locate feed, reflux and product
lines;
‫ب( ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ و ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ و ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤـﻞ ورود‬
c) All draw-off trays with tray number and
diagrammatic
representation
of
the
downcommer position (e.g., side or center);
‫ج( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻛـﻪ ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن ﺧﺮوﺟـﻲ از آﻧﻬـﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ‬
d)All
nozzles,
manholes,
instrument
connections, drains, vents, pump-out and
steam-out connections, blank-off ventilations,
vortex breakers, safety/relief valve connections,
sample connections and hand holes;
‫ اﺗـﺼﺎل ادوات‬،‫ درﻳﭽـﻪ ﻫـﺎي آدم رو‬،‫د( ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ و ﻣﺤﺼﻮل را ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛‬،‫ﺧﻮراك‬
‫( ﺑـﺎ ذﻛـﺮ ﺷـﻤﺎره ﺳـﻴﻨﻲ و ﻧﻤـﺎﻳﺶ‬Draw off) ‫ﻣﻲﺷـﻮد‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮداري ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺎوداﻧﻲ )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﻳﺎ از ﻣﻴﺎن(؛‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﻠﻤﺒـﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ و‬،‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ‬،‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ اﺗـﺼﺎﻻت‬،‫ ﮔـﺮداب ﺷـﻜﻦ ﻫـﺎ‬،‫ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﻫﻮاﻛـﺸﻬﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺨﺎر زﻧﻲ‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي و دﺳـﺖ‬،‫ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬/ ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬
‫روﻫﺎ؛‬
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺗﺎﻧﮋاﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ و ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ؛‬،‫ﻫ( داﻣﻦ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ‬
e) Skirt or legs, top and bottom tangent lines;
f) Elevations above base line to bottom tangent
line of column or to bottom of horizontal drum;
‫و( ارﺗﻔﺎع از ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺎﻧﮋاﻧﺖ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﺮج ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
g) The position of high high liquid level
‫ ﺳـﻄﺢ‬،(HHLL) ‫ز( ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﻴﻠـﻲ ﺑـﺎﻻي ﻣـﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ؛‬
16
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
(HHLL), high liquid level (HLL), normal liquid
level (NLL), low liquid level (LLL) and low
low liquid level (LLLL);
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﺳـﻄﺢ‬،(NLL) ‫ ﺳـﻄﺢ ﻧﺮﻣـﺎل ﻣـﺎﻳﻊ‬،(HLL) ‫ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫(؛‬LLLL) ‫( و ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬LLL) ‫ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‬
Notes:
‫( ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن ﺧﺮوﺟـﻲ از آﻧﻬـﺎ‬1
.‫( ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ ﻧــﺸﺎن داده ﺷـــﻮد‬NLL) ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘــﻪ ﻣــﻲﺷـــﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴــﺖﻫــﺎي دﻳﮕــﺮ ﻣــﺎﻳﻊ در ﺻــﻮرت ﻧﻴــﺎز ﻧــﺸﺎن داده‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫( وﻗﺘـــﻲ ﮔﺬاﺷـــﺘﻪ‬LLLL) ‫( و‬HHLL) ‫( ﻧﻤـــﺎﻳﺶ‬2
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺮوع ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ دوار‬
.‫را از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻨﺪ‬
1) For draw-offs only "NLL" shall be shown.
The other liquid positions will be shown as
required.
2) Indication of "HHLL" and "LLLL" shall be
made when they are actuating start/stop of an
equipment or machinery through a switch.
‫" ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ ﺑــﺮاي ﻫﻤــﻪ‬LLL " ‫" و‬NLL" ،"HLL" (3
3) "HLL", "NLL" and "LLL" shall be shown
for all cases except as specified under Note 1
above.
(1) ‫ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺤﺖ ﻳـﺎدآوري‬، ‫ﺣﺎﻻت‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
h) All flanged connections; [all connections
whose purpose is not readily] evident shall
indicate the purpose (e.g., spare inlet, catalyst
draw-off, etc.)
‫ح(ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺗـﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺠـﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻫـﺪف ﻗـﺮار دادن ]ﺗﻤـﺎم‬
i) Catalyst beds, packings, demisters, chimney
trays, distributors, grids, baffles, rotating discs,
mixers, cyclones, tangential inlet and all other
internals;
‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬،‫ آﻛﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬،‫ط( ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ ﻧـﺸﺎن‬،[‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺎدﮔﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴــﻪ ﻛــﺸﻴﺪن‬،‫داده ﺷــﻮد )ﺑــﺮاي ﻣﺜــﺎل ورودي ﻳــﺪﻛﻲ‬
.(‫ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
‫ ﺻـﻔﺤﺎت ﺟـﺪا‬،‫ ﺷـﺒﻜﻪﻫـﺎ‬،‫ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﻫـﺎ‬،‫دودﻛﺶدار‬
،‫ ﺳـﺎﻳﻜﻠﻮن ﻫـﺎ‬،‫ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬،‫ دﻳﺴﻚﻫﺎي دوار‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ورودي ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻲ و دﻳﮕﺮ اﺟﺰاء دروﻧﻲ؛‬
‫ي( ﺑﻮت ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب؛‬
j) Water drop-out boots;
.‫ك( ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎي ﻇﺮوف در زﻣﺎن ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬
k) Maintenance blinds for the vessel nozzles.
:‫ ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﻢ‬2-1-2-7
7.2.1.2 Important notes:
a) All nozzles and connections indicated on the
equipment data sheet shall be shown in their
correct positions.
‫اﻟﻒ(ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎ و اﺗـﺼﺎﻻت آﻣـﺪه در ﺻـﻔﺤﻪ دادهﻫـﺎي‬
b) All indications shall be such that the
consistency in the dimensions is considered,
although not necessarily to scale.
‫ب( ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﻴﻦ اﻧـﺪازهﻫـﺎ‬
c) Numbering of the trays shall be from bottom
to top.
.‫ج( ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
d) Height of the vessel bottom tangent line shall
be indicated.
.‫د( ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺧﻂ ﺗﺎﻧﮋاﻧﺖ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺷﺎن ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻟﺰوﻣﺎً داراي ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
Self standing : Skirt height
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع داﻣﻦ‬:‫ﻇﺮف ﺧﻮد اﻳﺴﺘﺎ‬
‫ ﺣـﺪاﻗﻞ ارﺗﻔـﺎع ﻻزم ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺻـﻮرت‬:‫ﻇـﺮوف در ارﺗﻔـﺎع‬
.‫" ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬min…"
Elevated vessel: Minimum required height shall
be shown as "min. ...."
17
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﻫ( ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎ و ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
e) A valved drain for all columns and vessels
shall be indicated. Generally, this valve is to be
located on the bottom line outside the skirt and
between the vessel and the first pipe line shutoff location (valve or blinding flange). The
drain valve shall be located on the bottom of the
vessel when:
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃـﻮر ﻛﻠـﻲ اﻳـﻦ ﺷـﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ روي ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﻇﺮف و ﺑﻴﺮون از داﻣـﻦ و ﺑـﻴﻦ ﻇـﺮف و ﻧﺨـﺴﺘﻴﻦ‬
.(‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه‬
:‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ در ﺗﻪ ﻇﺮف ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد ﻛﻪ‬،‫و ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫( ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻇﺮف وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ‬1
1) No bottom line is present. or
‫( ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻇﺮف ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻤﻴـﺰ‬2
2) The bottom line is not flushed with the
lowest point of the vessel.
.‫ﺷﺪن ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
f) The valved vent with blind flange for all
columns and vessels provided on the top of the
vessel should be indicated.
‫و( ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاي ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬
g) Safety Relief valves generally located on the
top outlet line downstream of the vessel
blinding location or directly connected to the
vessel should be indicated
‫ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣـﺎً روي ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟـﻲ‬/ ‫ز( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎ و ﻇﺮوف در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻇﺮف ﺗﻌﺒﻴـﻪ ﺷـﺪه‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ دﺳﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣـﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﻇـﺮف و ﻳـﺎ‬
.‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
h) Utility connections on all vessel/columns
shall be shown.
‫ح( اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻛﻠﻴـﻪ ﻇـﺮوف و ﺑـﺮج ﻫـﺎ‬
i) One local PI shall be indicated on top of
vessel/column.
.‫ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺑﺮج ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ داده ﺷﻮد‬PI ‫ط( ﻳﻚ‬
j) One local TI shall be indicated on the top
outlet line of vessel/column.
‫ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑـﺮج ﻳـﺎ ﻇـﺮف‬TI ‫ي( ﻳﻚ‬
k) Nozzles identifications on vessels, reactors
and towers shall be according to Appendix E of
this Standard.
‫ رآﻛﺘﻮرﻫـﺎ و ﺑـﺮج ﻫـﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬،‫ك( ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﺎزل روي ﻇـﺮوف‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ "ﻫـ" اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﺮح ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1-2-7
7.2.1.3 Equipment description
:‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ذﻳﻞ در ﺷﺮح ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﻮد‬
The following requirements shall be described
under equipment description:
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺷﻤﺎره ﻇﺮف )اﻳﻦ ﺷـﻤﺎره ﻧﻴـﺰ ﻧﺰدﻳـﻚ ﻇـﺮف ذﻛـﺮ‬
a) Vessel item number (this number will also
appear adjacent to the vessel);
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد(؛‬
‫ب( ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي؛‬
b) Service;
c) Size [inside diameter(s) and tangent to
tangent length];
‫ج( اﻧﺪازه ]ﻗﻄﺮ)ﻫﺎ( داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻃﻮل ﺗﺎﻧﮋاﻧﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺎﻧﮋاﻧﺖ[؛‬
d) Design pressure (internal/external) and
design temperature;
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ( و دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ؛‬/‫د( ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ )داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻫ( ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ذﻛﺮ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ؛‬
e) Indication of insulation;
،LC ‫ و‬LG ‫و( ﺷﻤﺎره ﺧﻂ ﻛﻼس ﻇﺮوف )ﺑـﺮاي اﺗـﺼﺎﻻت‬
f) Line number of vessel trim (this applies to
LG & LC connections, vents, sample
connections, etc.);
‫(؛‬.‫ ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬،‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪﻫﺎ‬
18
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
.(‫ز( ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ روﻛﺶ ﻓﻠﺰي ﻳﺎ آﺳﺘﺮي )در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬
g) Indication of cladding and lining (if any).
‫ ﻣﺨﺎزن‬2-2-7
7.2.2 Tanks
:‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬1-2-2-7
7.2.2.1 The following requirements shall be
shown:
‫ اﺗـﺼﺎﻻت اﺑـﺰار‬،‫ درﻳﭽـﻪ ﻫـﺎي آدم رو‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺎزل ﻫـﺎ‬
a) All nozzles, man ways, instrument
connections, drains, vents, vortex breakers, and
safety/relief valve connections;
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ ﻫـﻮاﻳﻲ ﮔـﺮداب ﺷـﻜﻦﻫـﺎ و‬،‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨـﻲ‬،‫دﻗﻴﻖ‬
.‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬/‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬
‫ ﭘﺨـﺶ‬،‫ب( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات داﺧﻠﻲ از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬
b) All internals such as steam coils, air
sparkers, tank heaters, vortex breakers, waterdraw off sump and etc.
‫ ﭼﺎﻟـﻪ‬،‫ ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻦﻫـﺎ‬،‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺰن‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﻮا‬
.‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ آب ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
‫ ﺷﺮح ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬2-2-2-7
7.2.2.2 Equipment description
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ )اﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻴـﺰ ﻧﺰدﻳـﻚ ﻣﺨـﺰن ذﻛـﺮ‬
a) equipment item number (this number also
appears adjacent to the tank);
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد(؛‬
‫ب(ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي؛‬
b) Equipment Description
‫ج( ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ و ارﺗﻔﺎع‬
c) equipment item number (this number also
appears adjacent to the tank);
(‫د( ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ اﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ )ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬
d) inside diameter and height;
‫ﻫ( ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
e) nominal capacity, in (m³);
‫و( ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ذﻛﺮ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬
f) Indication of insulation.
‫ آﺷﻐﺎل ﺳﻮزﻫﺎ‬،‫ دﻳﮕﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬،‫ ﻛﻮره ﻫﺎ‬3-2-7
7.2.3 Fired heaters, boilers, incinerators
:‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬1-3-2-7
7.2.3.1 The following requirements shall be
shown:
a) All nozzles, instrument connections, drains,
vents and damper(s);
،‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ زﻣﻴﻨـﻲ‬،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎ‬
b) Ducting arrangement including damper
actuators where required;
‫ب( آراﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻓﻌﺎلﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻔﻪﻛﻦ ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﻛـﻪ‬
c) Detail of draft gages piping and arrangement;
‫ج( ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻮران و آراﻳﺶ آن؛‬
d) Waste heat recovery system (if present),
such as economizer, air preheater, forced draft
fan, induced draft fan, etc.;
‫د( ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺣﺮارت ﺗﻠﻒ ﺷﺪه )اﮔـﺮ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ( از ﻗﺒﻴـﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ و ﺧﻔﻪﻛﻦ )ﻫﺎ(؛‬
‫ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
،‫ ﺑﺎدزن ﻛﻮران ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر‬،‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ ﻫﻮا‬،‫ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻜﺶ ﻛﻮران و ﻏﻴﺮه؛‬
‫ﻫ( اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻛﻚ زداﻳﻲ؛‬
e) Decoking connections;
f) Detail of one complete set of burners for each
cell and total burner number required for each
type of burner;
‫و(ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻳﻚ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﻫـﺎ ﺑـﺮاي ﻫـﺮ ﺳـﻠﻮل و‬
g) Tube coils schematically in correct relative
‫ز(ﻛﻮﻳــﻞ ﻫــﺎ در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴــﺖ ﻫــﺎي ﻧــﺴﺒﻲ ﺻــﺤﻴﺢ و ﻛﻠﻴــﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﻻزم از ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺸﻌﻞ؛‬
19
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
positions and all skin point thermocouples;
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻠﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ؛‬
‫ح(ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ )ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﺮدن( ؛‬
h) Logic diagram of shut down system (heat off
sequence);
‫ط( ﺗﻌﺪاد ﮔﺬرﻫﺎ )ﭘﺎس( و ﻧﺤﻮه ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ؛‬
i) Number of passes and control arrangement;
j) Snuffing
arrangement;
steam
nozzles
and
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ي( ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر ﺧﻔﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و آراﻳﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ آن؛‬
piping
‫ك( اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧﻲ؛‬
k) Blow-down and steam-out connections;
‫ل( ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼت آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ؛‬
l) Testing facilities;
.(‫م( ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﻤﺮﻓﺘﻲ)در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬
m) Convection section (where applicable).
‫ ﺷﺮح ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬2-3-2-7
7.2.3.2 Equipment description
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ )اﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺰدﻳـﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰ ذﻛـﺮ‬
a) item number (this number will also appear
adjacent to the equipment);
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد( ؛‬
‫ب( ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي؛‬
b) service;
‫ج( اﻧﺮژي )ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ژول ﺑﺮﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ( ؛‬
c) duty (kJ/s);
‫د( ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻮﻳﻞﻫﺎ؛‬
d) design pressure and temperature of coils;
‫ ﺧﻨـﻚ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪهﻫـﺎ و ﺑـﺎز‬،‫ ﻣﺒﺪل ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗـﻲ‬4-2-7
7.2.4 Heat exchangers, coolers, reboilers
‫ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
7.2.4.1 The following requirements shall be
shown:
:‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬1-4-2-7
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ‬،‫ اﺗـﺼﺎﻻت ادوات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺎزل ﻫـﺎ‬
a) All nozzles, instrument connections, drains
and vents, chemical cleaning connections and
safety/relief valves as indicated on the
equipment data sheet;
‫ اﺗـﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﺴﺘـﺸﻮي ﺷـﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و‬،‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ ﻫـﻮاﻳﻲ‬،‫زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑـﻪ ﻫﻤـﺎن ﺻـﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛـﻪ در ﺻـﻔﺤﻪ‬/‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫دادهﻫﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ؛‬
‫ب( ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻋﻴﻨﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي؛‬
b) Spectacle blinds for the isolation;
c) Elevations required for process reason (e.g.,
reboilers, condensers, etc.);
‫ج( ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي دﻻﻳﻞ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﺑـﺎز‬
d) The connections which allow pressure and
temperature survey of heat exchanger facilities;
‫د( اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻣـﺎي ﺗﺄﺳﻴـﺴﺎت ﻣﺒـﺪل‬
e) The position of high liquid level (HLL),
normal liquid level (NLL) and low liquid level
(LLL) for kettle type reboilers;
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺮﻣﺎل ﻣـﺎﻳﻊ‬،(HLL) ‫ﻫ( ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪهﻫﺎ و ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه(؛‬
‫ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ؛‬
‫( ﺑـــﺮاي ﺑـــﺎز‬LLL) ‫( و ﺳـــﻄﺢ ﭘـــﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻣـــﺎﻳﻊ‬NLL)
‫ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻛﺘﺮي؛‬
.‫و( ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن در ﻫﺮ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﺒﺪل‬
f) Direction of flow in each side of exchanger.
7.2.4.2 Important notes
Due considerations should be made for proper
indication in the following requirements:
‫ ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﻢ‬2-4-2-7
:‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﺎص ﻧﻤﻮد‬
20
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
a) Generally, direction of flow shall be
downflow for cooled media and upflow for
heated media.
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳـﺮد ﺷـﻮﻧﺪه‬
.‫ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ و ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬
b) Isolation valves shall be provided on inlet
and outlet lines where maintenance can be
performed on the exchanger with the Unit
operating. Provision of by-passing is required
for this case.
‫ب( در ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ اﻧﺠـﺎم ﺗﻌﻤﻴـﺮات در ﺣـﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎت واﺣـﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫـﺎي ورودي‬،‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻌﺒﻴـﻪ‬.‫و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر اﻟﺰاﻣﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ج( ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
c) Shell and channel piping shall be provided
with a valved vent connection and a drain
connection unless venting and draining can be
done via other equipment.
‫ ﻣﮕـﺮ اﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ‬،‫ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ و اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ و زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
d) At exchangers with circulating heat transfer
media, the outlet valve shall be of a throttling
type for control of heat duty.
‫ ﺷـﻴﺮ‬،‫د( در ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﮔـﺮدش اﻧﺘﻘـﺎل ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن ﺣـﺮارت‬
e) An inlet and outlet, temperature indicator
shall be provided on each exchanger (on either
shell or tube side) so that to facilitate checking
of heat balance around exchanger.
‫ﻫ( در ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ روي ﻫﺮ ﻣﺒﺪل ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨـﺪه دﻣـﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺗﻨﻈـﻴﻢ ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن ﺑـﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل اﻧـﺮژي‬
.‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد )روي ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺳـﻤﺖ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ( ﺗـﺎ‬
.‫ﻣﻮازﻧﻪ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ اﻃﺮاف ﻣﺒﺪل اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
:‫ﻧﻮع ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﺣﺮارت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫( ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ در اﻃﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑـﺮاي‬TI) ‫ ﻳﻚ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ‬‫ﻣﺒـﺪلﻫـﺎي‬/‫ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎنﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ ﻗـﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﺮوﺟـﻲ آب ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ داراي‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻮﻟﺮﻫﺎي آﺑﻲ‬‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﭘﻮﺳـﺘﻪ‬.‫( ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬TI) ‫ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه روي ﺗـﺎﺑﻠﻮ اﻃـﺎق ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳـﺘﻪ و‬TWs) ‫ ﭼﺎﻫﻚﻫﺎي دﻣﺎ‬‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺒﺪل ﻫﺎي ﺳﺮي ﻛﻪ داراي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
Type of temperature indicator shall be as follows:
- A board mounted temperature indicator (TI)
shall be provided at the inlet and outlet of all
shell and tube process/process exchanger.
- For water coolers, the water side outlet shall
be provided with a local TI only. The shell
side in and out shall be provided with board
mounted TIs.
- Thermowells (TWs) shall be provided
between each shell side and tube side of the
same services when the exchangers are in
series.
‫ ﻧﻮع ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل دﻣـﺎ در‬.‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل دﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻣﺤﻞ‬
- Local indicator type shall be provided for the
requirement of local temperature control, such
as manual bypass control.
‫ ﺷﺮح ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-4-2-7
7.2.4.3 Equipment description
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ )اﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻴـﺰ ﻧﺰدﻳـﻚ ﻣﺨـﺰن ذﻛـﺮ‬
a) Equipment item number (this number also
appears adjacent to the equipment);
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد(؛‬
‫ب(ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي؛‬
b) Service;
‫ج( ﺗﻮان )ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ژول ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(؛‬
c) Duty (kJ/s);
21
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫د( ﻓﺸﺎر ودﻣﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ؛‬
e) shell side design pressure and temperature;
f) tube side design pressure and temperature;
‫ﻫ( ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ؛‬
‫و( ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻜﺎري؛‬
g) Indication of insulation.
‫ ﺧﻨــﻚ‬/‫ ﺗﺮﺗﻴــﺐ ﺷــﻤﺎره ﮔــﺬاري )ﻣﺒــﺪلﻫــﺎ‬4-4-2-7
7.2.4.4 Sequence of numbering for stacked
exchangers/coolers shall be from top to bottom.
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي( روﻳﻬﻢ از ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
7.2.5 Air fin coolers
‫ ﺧﻨﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﻬﺮهدار‬5-2-7
7.2.5.1 The following requirements shall be
shown:
:‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬1-5-2-7
‫اﻟﻒ(ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ؛‬
a) All nozzles and instrument connections;
‫ب( ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي؛‬
b) Blinds for the isolation;
c) Any automatic control (fan pitch control or
louver control) and any alarm (vibration alarm,
etc.);
‫ج( ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮي )ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﮔﺎم ﺑﺎدزن ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
d) Configuration of inlet and outlet headers and
the branches. Only one bundle and fan shall be
shown; total number of fans and bundles shall
be indicated. When multiple bundles are
required, header’s arrangement as separate
detailed sketch shall be indicated;
،‫د( ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪي ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪﻫـﺎ و اﻧـﺸﻌﺎﺑﺎت‬
‫ﻛﺮﻛﺮه( و ﻫﺮ ﻫﺸﺪار )ﻫﺸﺪار ارﺗﻌﺎش و ﻏﻴﺮه(؛‬
‫ﻳﻚ دﺳﺘﻪ )ﻟﻮﻟﻪ( و ﺑﺎدزن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد; ﻛﻠﻴﻪ دﺳﺘﻪ‬
-‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛــﻪ دﺳـﺘﻪ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ‬.‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ و ﺑﺎدزنﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آراﻳـﺶ ﺳﺮﺷـﺎﺧﻪ در ﻳـﻚ ﺷـﻤﺎي‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻌﺪد ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد؛‬
‫ﻫ( ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻛﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧـﺎت )اﮔـﺮ ﻻزم‬
e) Steam coil and condensate recovery system
(if required);
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(؛‬
‫و( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه )اﮔﺮ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(; در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮيﻫـــﺎي‬
f) Isolation valves (if required); isolation valves
shall be provided in corrosive and fouling
services where individual bundles can be
repaired and maintained with the Unit
operating;
‫ ﻫﺮﺟــﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان دﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺰا‬،‫ﻣﻮاد ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه و ﺟﺮمﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه در‬،‫را ﺿﻤﻦ ﻛﺎر واﺣﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ؛‬
‫ز( اﺗﺼﺎل ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ و ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫـﺮ‬
g)Valved vent and valved drain connection for
each header, vent header should be connected
to closed system for volatile services;
‫ ﺑـﺮاي ﻛـﺎرﺑﺮي ﻣـﻮاد ﻓـﺮار‬.‫ ﺗﻮﺻـﻴﻪ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮد‬،‫ﺳﺮ ﺷـﺎﺧﻪ‬
-‫ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲ‬،‫ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫( ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه روي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ در ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ )اﻳـﻦ‬TI) (‫ح‬
h) A board mounted TI at inlet and outlet, (the
TI will monitor the process side of each air fin
service). If multiple bundles to be used for
fouled services, provide TW’s on the outlet of
each bundle.
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺳﻤﺖ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨـﺪي ﻫـﺮ ﺧﻨـﻚ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﻫـﻮاﻳﻲ را‬TI
‫ ﺑـﺮاي‬،‫ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲدﻫـﺪ( ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽـﻪ دﺳـﺘﻪ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪﻫـﺎي ﻣﺘﻌـﺪد‬
‫ روي ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬TW ‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮيﻫﺎي ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻳﻚ‬
.‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
22
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
[
‫ ﺷﺮح ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬2-5-2-7
7.2.5.2 Equipment description
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ )اﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺰدﻳـﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰ ذﻛـﺮ‬
a) Equipment item number (this number will
also appear adjacent to the equipment);
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد(؛‬
‫ب( ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي؛‬
b) Service;
‫ج( اﻧﺮژي )ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻴﻠﻮژول ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(؛‬
c) Duty (kJ/s);
.‫د( ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ )داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ( و دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
d) Tube side design pressure (internal and
external) and design temperature.
‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬6-2-7
7.2.6 Rotary machineries
:‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬1-6-2-7
7.2.6.1 The following requirements shall be
shown:
7.2.6.1.1 Pumps
a)
All
nozzles
connections;
‫ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ‬1-1-6-2-7
instrument
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ؛‬
b) Pump suction valve and strainer, and
discharge valve and check valve. Provision of
wafer type check valve should be avoided
unless otherwise specified;
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و ﺷـﻴﺮ ﻳـﻚ‬،‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ورودي‬،‫ب( ﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺶ‬
c) Pump drains
destination.
including
and
vents
piping
‫ ﺗﻮﺻـﻴﻪ‬Wafer ‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ ﻧـﻮع‬:‫ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮد ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
‫ج( ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ و ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ؛‬
and
‫د( ﻧﻮع ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ؛‬
d) The type of pump;
‫ﻫ( اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒـﻪ از ﻗﺒﻴـﻞ آب ﺧﻨـﻚ‬
e) Pump auxiliary system connections such as,
cooling water, seal oil and lube oil, steam, etc.;
‫ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﻏﻴﺮه؛‬،‫ روﻏﻦ روان ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و روﻏﻦ آبﺑﻨﺪي‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
f) Detail of lube and seal oil /sealing systems,
cooling water piping arrangement, and
minimum flow bypass line requirement for
pumps;
‫ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬/‫و( ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت روﻏﻦ آبﺑﻨﺪي و روﻏـﻦ روان ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه‬
g) Winterization and/or heat conservation
(steam or electrical) where required;
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ )ﺑﺨﺎر ﻳـﺎ‬/‫ز( ﺣﺮارت دﻫﻲ زﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ و‬
h) Warm-up and flushing oil lines detail; a
DN20 (¾ inch) bypass/drain from the check
valve to the pump discharge line shall be
provided as warm-up line for the cases
specified in item 8.1.4 of this Standard;
‫ح( ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﺧﻂﻫﺎي ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه و روﻏـﻦ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﻨﻨـﺪه و‬
‫ و ﺧـﻂ‬،‫ آراﻳـﺶ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪﻛـﺸﻲ آب ﺧﻨـﻚ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه‬،‫آبﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ؛‬
‫ﺑﺮق( ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
3
‫ )اﻳﻨﭻ‬DN20 ‫ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ‬
4
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺧﻂ ﮔـﺮم‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑــﺎﻳــﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺎﻻت ﻣـﺸﺨﺺ ﺷـﺪه در ﺑﻨـﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد؛‬4-1-8
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ زﻣﻴﻨـﻲ از‬/‫( ﻛﻨـﺎر ﮔـﺬر‬
‫ط( ﻓﺸﺎرﺳﻨﺞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ; اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮ‬
i) Pressure gage located on the discharge of
each pump; the gage shall be installed between
the pump discharge nozzle and the check valve;
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد؛‬
‫ي( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻓﺸﺎر ) اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ (؛‬
j) Pressure relief safety valves (if any);
23
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
k) Automatic start-up of standby unit (if
required);
‫ك( راه اﻧﺪازي ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ آﻣﺎده ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر )اﮔﺮ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(؛‬
l) Balanced or equalized line for vacuum
service.
.‫ل( ﺧﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺎنﺳﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺧﻼء‬
‫ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ و دﻣﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬2-1-6-2-7
7.2.6.1.2 Compressors and blowers
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻮع ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﻳﺎ دﻣﻨﺪه؛‬
a) Type of compressor or blower;
‫ب( ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت راه اﻧﺪازي )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﺎز ﺧﻨﺜﻲ(؛‬
b) Start-up facilities (i.e., inert gas purge
system);
‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن؛‬/‫ج( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
c) Safety/relief valves;
‫د( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ؛‬
d) Suction and discharge valves;
e) Suction strainer (filter) and discharge check
valve;
‫ﻫ( ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ورودي )ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ( و ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ؛‬
f) Suction and discharge pulsation dampener
where required;
‫و( ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
‫ز( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ؛‬
g) Valved vents and casing drains;
h) Winterization (steam or electrical tracing on
suction piping) where required;
‫ح( ﺣﺮارت دﻫﻲ زﻣـﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺑـــﺎ ﮔـﺮم ﻛـﺮدن ﻟﻮﻟـﻪﻛـﺸﻲ‬
i) Lube and seal oil / sealing system and cooling
water systems detail arrangement;
‫ط( ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت آراﻳـﺶ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﻏـﻦ روان ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه و روﻏـﻦ‬
‫ورودي ﺑﺨﺎر ﻳـــﺎ ﺑﺮق ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ آبﺑﻨﺪي و ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه؛‬/‫آﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ي( ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ )ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(؛‬
j) Interstage coolers where required;
‫ك( ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎت )ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(؛‬
k) Surge protection (where required);
‫ل( ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎي ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ؛‬
l) Inlet and outlet nozzles;
.‫م( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
m) All instrument connections.
‫ ﮔﺮداﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﺎزي و ﺑﺨﺎري‬3-1-6-2-7
7.2.6.1.3 Steam and gas turbine drivers
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت؛‬
a) All nozzles and connections;
‫ب( ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﮔﺮداﻧﺪﻫـﺎي ﺗـﻮرﺑﻴﻦ‬
b) Detail of all auxiliary systems for steam
turbine drivers such as steam supply,
condensate return, surface condenser and etc.;
‫ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫـﺎ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺨﺎري از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه؛‬
‫ آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻏﻴﺮه؛‬،‫ج( ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت روﻏﻦ روان ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
c) Detail of lube oil, cooling water, etc.;
‫ و ﻏﻴﺮه؛‬TI ،PI ‫د(ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬
d) All instrumentations such as PI, TI, etc.;
‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن؛ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻴﻦ‬/‫ﻫ( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
e) Safety/relief valves; relief valves shall be
located between the discharge nozzle and the
outlet isolation valve; weep hole at exhaust of
the relief valve which opens to atmosphere shall
be provided to draw-off the condensate drain.
‫ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺧﺮوج‬.‫ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و ﺷﻴﺮ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫در ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ ﺑـﺎز ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﺪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
24
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫و(ﻛﻨــﺎر ﮔــﺬر ﮔــﺮم ﻛﻨﻨــﺪه ﺷــﻴﺮ ﺟــﺪا ﻛﻨﻨــﺪه ورودي‬
‫‪f) Warming bypass around inlet isolation valve‬‬
‫‪for steam turbines; the valve on warm-up line‬‬
‫;‪shall be DN25 (1 inch) globe type‬‬
‫ز( ﺗﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر و ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧـﺎت ﺑـﺮاي ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ‬
‫‪g) steam traps and condensate recovery system‬‬
‫‪for the steam turbine casing drain and upstream‬‬
‫;‪of isolation valve at inlet of the turbine‬‬
‫ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎري؛ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺧـﻂ ﮔـﺮم ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ‪DN25‬‬
‫)اﻳﻨﭻ ‪ (1‬و از ﻧﻮع ﮔﻠﻮب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
‫زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺎري و ﺷﻴﺮ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ورودي‬
‫ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ؛‬
‫ح( ﺧﻂ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫـﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑـﻪ آﺗﻤـﺴﻔﺮ در ﺧﺮوﺟـﻲ ﺗـﻮرﺑﻴﻦ؛‬
‫;‪h) vent line to atmosphere at turbine exhaust‬‬
‫‪the vent is required for the start-up/test‬‬
‫‪operation of the turbine.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي راه اﻧـﺪازي‪ /‬آزﻣـﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﻠﻜـﺮد ﺗـﻮرﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ط( ﺟﺰﻳﻴــــﺎت ﻛﻠﻴــﻪ ﺳــﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫـــــﺎي اﺣﺘــﺮاق و ﻛﻨﺘــﺮل‬
‫‪i) Detail of all firing and control systems for gas‬‬
‫‪turbine drivers.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮداﻧﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﺎزي‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2-6-2-7‬ﺷﺮح ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫‪7.2.6.2 Equipment description‬‬
‫‪ 1-2-6-2-7‬ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪7.2.6.2.1 Pumps‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ(ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ )اﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ زﻳـﺮ ﺗﻠﻤﺒـﻪ ذﻛـﺮ‬
‫‪a) Pump item number (this number also appears‬‬
‫;)‪below the pump‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد(؛‬
‫ب( ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي؛‬
‫;‪b) Service‬‬
‫ج( ﻇﺮﻓﻴــﺖ )ﺑﺮﺣــﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌــﺐ در ﺳــﺎﻋﺖ‪ ،‬دﺳــﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫;)‪c) Capacity, (m³/h, dm³/h for injection pumps‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﻌﺐ در ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺰرﻳﻘﻲ(؛‬
‫د( اﺧﺘﻼف ﻓﺸﺎر )ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل( ؛‬
‫;)‪d) Differential pressure, (kPa‬‬
‫ﻫ( ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ )وزن ﻣﺨﺼﻮص( ﺳﻴﺎل ﺗﻠﻤﺒــﻪ ﺷﺪه در‬
‫‪e) Relative density (specific gravity) of pumped‬‬
‫;‪fluid at pumping temperature‬‬
‫دﻣـﺎي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ زﻧﻲ؛‬
‫و( ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ؛‬
‫;‪f) Indication of insulation and tracing‬‬
‫ز( ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗـﻪ )آب ﺧﻨـﻚ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ‪ ،‬روﻏـﻦ‬
‫‪(CW,‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري‪ ،‬روﻏﻦ آبﺑﻨﺪ و ﻏﻴﺮه(‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2-2-6-2-7‬ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ و دﻣﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪piping‬‬
‫‪g) Miscellaneous auxiliary‬‬
‫‪flushing oil, seal oil, etc.).‬‬
‫‪7.2.6.2.2 Compressors and blowers‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ و ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ آن )اﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ زﻳﺮ‬
‫‪a) Equipment item number and stage (this‬‬
‫;)‪number also appears below the compressor‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ذﻛﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد(؛‬
‫ب( ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي؛‬
‫;‪b) Service‬‬
‫ج( ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ )ﻧﺮﻣﺎل ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ در ﺳﺎﻋﺖ(؛‬
‫;)‪c) Capacity, (Nm³/h‬‬
‫د( ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻣﺎي ﻣﻜﺶ )ﺑﺮﺣـﺴﺐ ﻛﻴﻠـﻮ ﭘﺎﺳـﻜﺎل ﻧـﺴﺒﻲ(‪،‬‬
‫‪d) Suction pressure, and temperature, [kPa (g)],‬‬
‫;)‪(°C‬‬
‫)دﻣﺎي ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد(؛‬
‫ﻫ( ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻣﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟـﻲ )ﺑﺮﺣـﺴﺐ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﭘﺎﺳـﻜﺎل اﻧـﺪازه‬
‫‪e) Discharge pressure, and temperature, [kPa‬‬
‫;)‪(g)], (°C‬‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮي ‪) ،(g‬درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد(؛‬
‫و( ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗـﻪ )آب ﺧﻨـﻚ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه‪ ،‬روﻏـﻦ‬
‫‪f) Miscellaneous auxiliary piping (CW, lube oil,‬‬
‫;)‪seal oil / sealing system, etc.‬‬
‫روان ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‪ ،‬روﻏﻦ آبﺑﻨﺪي‪/‬ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ آبﺑﻨﺪ و ﻏﻴﺮه(؛‬
‫‪25‬‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
.(‫ز(ﺗﻮان ﮔﺎز )ﻛﻴﻠﻮ وات‬
g) Gas horse power, (kW).
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت دﻳﮕﺮ‬3-6-2-7
7.2.6.3 Other requirements
،‫اﻟﻒ( وﻗﺘﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ اﺳـﺖ‬
a) When a pump or compressor is spared, the
data is listed once commonly for both pumps
and compressors at the bottom of the flow
diagram. The spare is identified by the word
"Spare" below the pump or compressor. The
operating equipment and the spare have the
same number but with suffixes "A" and "B".
‫دادهﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ دوي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ و ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻜﺒـﺎر و زﻳـﺮ‬
(Spare) ‫ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ‬.‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺗﻲ‬.‫زﻳﺮ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
"B" ‫" ﻳـﺎ‬A" ‫و ﻳﺪﻛﻲ داراي ﺷﻤﺎره ﻳﻜﺴﺎن وﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘـﺴﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ب( ﺷﻤﺎره ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺣﻠـﻪ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﺑـﺮاي ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳـﻮرﻫﺎي ﭼﻨـﺪ‬
b) Stage numbers are shown only for multistage
compressors. All compressor data for the first
stage shall be indicated. For subsequent stages
only N m³/h may be omitted.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴـﻪ دادهﻫـﺎ ﻣﺮﺣﻠـﻪ اول‬.‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اي ﻧـﺸﺎن داده ﻣﻴـﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺑﻌﺪي ﻓﻘـﻂ‬.‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻧﺮﻣﺎل ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ در ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺣﺬف ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬7-2-7
7.2.7 Miscellaneous equipment
‫ ﺻـﺎﻓﻲ و‬،‫ ﺷـﻌﻠﻪ ﮔﻴـﺮ‬،‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ )ﺻﺪا ﺧﻔـﻪ ﻛـﻦ‬
:‫ﻏﻴﺮه( اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
Depending on the type of equipment (silencer,
flame arrestor, filter, etc.) the following
information shall be presented:
a) All nozzles, instrument connections, vents,
drains, etc.;
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪﻫـﺎي‬،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎ‬
b) Equipment description at top of the flow
diagram and including:
‫ب( ﺷﺮح ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات در ﻗـﺴﻤﺖ ﺑـﺎﻻي ﻧﻤـﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳـﺎﻧﻲ و‬
:‫ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ و زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
:‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ؛‬‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي؛‬‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ؛‬/‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬‫ ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ؛‬‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ؛‬-
- Equipment item number;
- Service;
- Tracing/insulation requirements;
- Design pressure and temperature;
- Capacity
‫ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬3-7
7.3 Instrumentation
:‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
The following requirements shall be shown:
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻘﺎط آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ؛‬1-3-7
7.3.1 All instrumentation including test points;
7.3.2 Isolation valves connecting to instruments
(primary connection valve);
‫ ﺷــﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨــﺪه ﻣﺘــﺼﻞ ﺑــﻪ ادوات اﺑــﺰار دﻗﻴــﻖ‬2-3-7
7.3.3 Control valve sizes and air failure action (FC,
FO, FL);
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل و ﻋﻤـﻞ آن در زﻣـﺎن ﻗﻄـﻊ ﻫـﻮا‬3-3-7
7.3.4 Block and bypass valve sizes at control valve
stations;
‫ اﻧﺪازه اﻧﺴﺪاد و ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر در ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺮﻛﻨﺘﺮل؛‬4-3-7
7.3.5 Level gages connection type and range, and
level controllers connection type, range and center
of float (where NLL is not shown). Type, material
‫ ﻧﻮع اﺗﺼﺎل و داﻣﻨﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ و ﻧﻮع اﺗﺼﺎل‬5-3-7
‫)ﺷﻴﺮاﺗﺼﺎل اوﻟﻴﻪ(؛‬
‫ ﻗﻔﻞ(؛‬،‫ ﺑﺎز‬،‫)ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ و ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺷﻨﺎور )ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮرد‬،‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻧﺸﺪه( ﻧﻮع‬NLL
26
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
and tracing requirement of level gages shall be
shown (see IPS-E-PR-308);
(IPS-E-PR- ‫ﻧﻴﺎز اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
308)
7.3.6 Sequence of opening and closing for the split
range control valves;
‫ ﺗﻮاﻟﻲ ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن و ﺑـﺴﺘﻦ ﺑـﺮاي ﺷـﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل ﺑـﺎ‬6-3-7
7.3.7 Solenoid shut-down devices at control
valves/shut-off valves;
‫ وﺳــﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄــﻊ ﺟﺮﻳــﺎن ﺳــﻮﻟﻨﻮﻳﻴﺪي در ﺷــﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬7-3-7
7.3.8 Tight shut-off valves requirements (where
required);
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺪون ﻧﺸﺖ؛‬8-3-7
7.3.9 Hand wheels when provided on control
valves;
‫ ﻓﻠﻜﻪ دﺳﺘﻲ روي ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻮﺟـﻮد‬9-3-7
7.3.10 Limit switches on control valves when
required;
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه روي ﺷـﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل )در‬10-3-7
7.3.11 Mechanical stopper and/or signal stopper on
control valves when required;
‫ ﺑﺎزدارﻧــﺪه ﻣﻜــﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﻳــﺎ ﺳــﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎزدارﻧــﺪه روي‬11-3-7
7.3.12 Push buttons and switches associated with
shut-down systems;
‫ دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫــﺎي ﻓﺸﺎري و ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫـــﺎي واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺑـﻮط‬12-3-7
7.3.13 The instrument tag number for each
instrument;
‫ ﺑﺮﭼــﺴﺐ ﺷــﻤﺎره ﻣﺸﺨــﺼﻪ ﻫﺮﻛــﺪام از ادوات اﺑــﺰار‬13-3-7
7.3.14 Analyzer loop details and special notes as
required;
‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻣﺪار ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﻣﺨـﺼﻮص‬14-3-7
‫داﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺷﺪه؛‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن؛‬/‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم(؛‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم؛‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﻗﻒ؛‬
‫دﻗﻴﻖ؛‬
‫در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم؛‬
‫ ﺣﺮارت دﻫﻲ زﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ؛‬15-3-7
7.3.15 Winterization of instruments;
7.3.16 Compressor
instrumentation;
local
board
‫ ادوات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ ﻧـﺼﺐ ﺷـﺪه روي ﺗـﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻣﺤﻠـﻲ‬16-3-7
mounted
‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر؛‬
.‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰاري و ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻫﺸﺪار و ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬17-3-7
7.3.17 Software linkage and alarm and shut-down
logic system. Complex shut-down systems shall be
shown as a "black box" with reference made to the
logic diagram shown on a separate sheet. All
actuating and actuated devices shall be connected
to the "black box";
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻳـﻚ ﻛـﺎدر ﻣﺮﺑـﻊ ﺑـﺎ‬
‫اﺷﺎره ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﻛـﻪ در آن ﻧﻤـﻮدار ﻣﻨﻄﻘـﻲ در ﻳـﻚ ﺻـﻔﺤﻪ‬
-‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺮك‬.‫ ارﺟﺎع داده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻫﺎ و ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﺮﺟﻊ وﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
7.3.18 All elements of advance control and
optimization systems;
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺟﺰاء ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ و ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫـﺎي ﺑﻬﻴﻨـﻪ‬18-3-7
7.3.19 Indication of "Readable From" for all local
indicators and/or gages which shall be readable
from a designated valve.
‫" ﺑـﺮاي ﺗﻤـﺎم ﻧـﺸﺎن‬Readable Form" ‫ ﻋﻼﻣـﺖ‬19-3-7
‫ﺳﺎزي؛‬
‫دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ از ﻳـﻚ ﺷـﻴﺮ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
7.4 Piping
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬4-7
7.4.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4-7
‫ ﻧـﺸﺎن‬P&I ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎي‬1-1-4-7
7.4.1.1 All piping shall be shown on P&I
Diagrams, including:
:‫داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
- Process lines;
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي؛‬27
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
- Utility/common facility branch lines (e.g.,
sealing and flushing lines, cooling water lines,
steam-out lines and connection, nitrogen lines,
etc.);
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟـﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬/‫ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻧﺸﻌﺎب ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬‫ ﺧﻄـﻮط آب‬،‫)ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﺧﻄـﻮط ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛـﺮدن و آبﺑﻨـﺪي‬
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ازت و‬،‫ ﺧﻄﻮط و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧﻲ و‬،‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫(؛‬.‫ﻏﻴﺮه‬
- Flare lines, including safety/relief valves
discharge lines;
‫ ﺷــﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻄــﻮط ﺧﺮوﺟــﻲ ﺷــﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺧﻄ ـﻮط ﻣــﺸﻌﻞ‬‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ؛‬/‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬
- Start-up and shut-down lines;
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط راه اﻧﺪازي و ﺗﻮﻗﻒ؛‬-
- Pump-out lines;
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ؛‬-
- Drain and vent lines and connections;
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺧﻄﻮط ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ و زﻣﻴﻨﻲ؛‬-
- Purge and steam-out facilities;
‫ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺮدن و ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧﻲ؛‬-
- Catalyst regeneration lines;
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط اﺣﻴﺎ ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ؛‬-
- Catalyst sulphiding lines;
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮره ﻧﻤﻮدن ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ؛‬-
- Catalyst reduction lines;
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط اﺣﻴﺎ ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ؛‬-
- Equipment and control valve bypasses;
‫ ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬرﻫﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﺷﻴﺮﻛﻨﺘﺮل؛‬-
- Detail of spool pieces, equipment internals,
etc., when required;
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات داﺧﻠـﻲ و‬،‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ‬‫ﻏﻴﺮه در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم؛‬
.‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﻏﻼف ﺑﺨﺎر‬-
- Steam tracing and steam jacketing.
7.4.1.2 All line numbers, sizes and line
classification shall be shown. For line numbering
system see IPS-E-PR-308, "Numbering System".
‫ اﻧﺪازه و ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي آن ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﻤﺎرهﻫﺎي ﺧﻂ‬2-1-4-7
7.4.1.3 The direction of normal flow shall be
shown for all lines.
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺮﻣﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺧﻂ ﻫﺎ ﻧـﺸﺎن‬3-1-4-7
7.4.1.4 The points or spec. breaks at which line
sizes or line specifications change shall be clearly
indicated.
‫ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻛـﻪ در آﻧﻬـﺎ اﻧـﺪازه ﺧﻄـﻮط ﺑـﺎ‬4-1-4-7
7.4.1.5 All blinds shall be indicated on the
drawings, and the symbols used shall distinguish
between tab blinds and spectacle blinds.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣـﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ در ﻧﻘـﺸﻪ ﻫـﺎ‬5-1-4-7
7.4.1.6 All vent and drain connections shall be
identified whether screw caped or blind flanged, if
required.
‫ درﺻﻮرت ﻟـﺰوم ﻛﻠﻴـﻪ اﺗـﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ ﻫـﻮاﻳﻲ و‬6-1-4-7
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳـﺎﻣـﺎﻧــﻪ ﺷـﻤﺎره ﮔـﺬاري رﺟـﻮع ﺑـــﻪ‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-E-PR-308
.‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت آن ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺿﻮح ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر وﺿـﻮح‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و ﻣﺴﺪودﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ داده‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮع درﭘﻮش ﭘﻴﭽـﻲ و ﻳـﺎ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ‬
.‫ﻣﺴﺪودﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
7.4.1.7 Steam traced lines and steam jacketed lines
shall be so indicated.
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔـﺮم ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﺑـﺎ ﺑﺨـﺎر و ﻳـﺎ‬7-1-4-7
7.4.1.8 All equipment flanges, all reducers and
non-standard fittings, such as expansion bellows,
flexible tubes, shall be shown.
‫ و‬،‫ ﺗﻤـﺎم ﻛﺎﻫﻨـﺪهﻫـﺎ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞﻫـﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات‬8-1-4-7
7.4.1.9 All valves shall be shown by a symbol
representing the type of valve. Any special
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻳﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺤﻮه ﻧﻤـﺎﻳﺶ ﻧـﻮع‬9-1-4-7
.‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﺎ ﻏﻼف ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻏﻴﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻓﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲﻫﺎي اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ‬
.‫اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻫـﺮ ﻧـﻮع ﺟﻬـﺖ ﻣﺨـﺼﻮص ﻳـﺎ‬.‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
28
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
orientation or location required for process reason
and/or operability shall be shown. It is not
necessary to show flanges at flanged valves except
for those cases where the flanges deviate from the
piping specification for the line in question, in
which case flange and rating shall be shown. Any
isolating valve shall be shown locked, normally
open or closed.
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي و ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺗﻲ ﻣـﻮرد ﻧﻴـﺎز ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻴﺎزي ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﻠﻨﺞﻫﺎ در ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻠـﻨﺞدار‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ در ﻣﻮاﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ از ﻣﺸﺨـﺼﺎت ﺗﻌﻴـﻴﻦ ﺷـﺪه‬
‫ در اﻳـﻦ ﺣﺎﻟـﺖ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ و ﻃﺒﻘـﻪ‬،‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻧـﺸﺎن‬.‫ﺑﻨﺪي آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎز و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫داده ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ‬
.‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻴﺮﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬10-1-4-7
7.4.1.10 Control valve sizes shall be shown.
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻧـﺸﺎن داده ﺷـﺪه در ﻧﻤـﻮدار‬11-1-4-7
7.4.1.11 All valves shown on the flow diagram
shall have their size indicated by the valve, if
different from line size.
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﺧﻂ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻧـﺸﺎن‬
.‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬12-1-4-7
7.4.1.12 Insulation and tracing requirements shall
be covered in the line numbering system and
shown above the line (see IPS-E-PR-308,
"Numbering System"). Tracing requirement shall
be noted on P&IDs by a dashed line parallel to the
line to be traced.
‫ﺷﻤﺎرهﮔــﺬاري ﺧﻂ ﻟﺤـﺎظ و ﺑـــﺎﻻي ﺧـﻂ ﻧـﺸﺎن داده ﺷـﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،(‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري‬IPS-E-PR-308 ‫)رﺟﻮع ﺑــﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺧـﻂ‬P&IDs ‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮازات ﺧﻂ ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه ذﻛﺮ ﮔﺮدد‬
7.4.1.13 Valve boxes/valve pits shall be shown by
two embraced squares or rectangular with
indication of "Valve Box" or "Valve Pit".
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دو ﻣﺮﺑﻊ در‬/‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺮ‬13-1-4-7
7.4.1.14 Safety relief valves type, inlet and outlet
size and rating and set pressure should be shown.
‫ اﻧـﺪازه ورودي و‬،‫ ﻧﻮع ﺷـﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨـﻲ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ‬14-1-4-7
"Valve Pit" ‫" ﻳﺎ‬Valve Box " ‫ﻫﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي و ﻓﺸﺎر ﺗﻌﻴـﻴﻦ ﺷـﺪه ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻧـﺸﺎن داده‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻓـﺸﺎر ﻋﻨـﻮان اﻧـﺪازه اﺳـﻤﻲ و‬15-1-4-7
7.4.1.15 For pressure ratings designations-nominal
size and pipe component-nominal size see
Appendices F & G of this Standard respectively.
"‫اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ اﺟﺰاء ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑـﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖﻫـﺎي "و" و "ز‬
.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺨﺼﻮص‬2-4-7
7.4.2 Special requirements
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ زﻣﻴﻨـﻲ ﻧﻘـﺎط‬1-2-4-7
7.4.2.1 High point vents and low point drains are
shown only when they are connected to a closed
system, or are required for process reasons.
‫ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑـﺴﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺷــﺮوع و ﺧﺎﺗﻤــﻪ ﺧﻄــﻮط ﺳــﺮوﻳﺲﻫــﺎي ﺟــﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬2-2-4-7
7.4.2.2 Utility lines originate and terminate
adjacent to the equipment involved shall be shown.
Only the length of line necessary for valving,
instrumentation and line numbering is shown.
Utility line origin and terminus is indicated by
reference symbol or abbreviation only. Main utility
headers are not shown on the P&IDs; they are
shown on the utility system flow diagrams.
‫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬:‫ﻫﻤﺠﻮار ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و ﺷﻤﺎره ﺧﻂ روي آن‬،‫اﻧﺪازهاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻴﺮ‬
‫ ﺷﺮوع و ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﺮ ﺷـﺎﺧﻪ‬.‫ﻳﻚ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻳﺎ اﺧﺘﺼﺎري ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻧـﺸﺎن‬P&IDs ‫اﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫـﺎي ﺟـﺎﻧﺒﻲ روي ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎي‬
‫ آﻧﻬـــﺎ در ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـــﺎي ﺟﺮﻳـــﺎن ﺳـــﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬،‫داده ﻧﻤـــﻲ ﺷـــﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻃﻼﻋـــﺎت ﻣــﺮﺑــﻮط ﺑـــــﻪ ﺧـﻂ از ﻗﺒﻴــــﻞ‬3-2-4-7
7.4.2.3 Pertinent information regarding a line such
as "do not pocket" or "slope", etc., shall be noted
adjacent to the line.
‫" و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻧﺰدﻳـﻚ ﺧـﻂ‬slope " ‫" ﻳﺎ‬do not pocket"
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
29
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
7.4.2.4 Typical air cooler
arrangement should be shown.
manifold
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ آراﻳﺶ ﭼﻨـﺪ راﻫـﻪ ﺧﻨـﻚﻛﻨﻨـﺪه‬4-2-4-7
piping
.‫ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺗــﺼﺎﻻت روي ﺧﻄــﻮط ﻓﺮآﻳﻨــﺪي ﻛــﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨــﺪ‬5-2-4-7
7.4.2.5 Connections on process lines which require
being blanked or deblanked for flow direction
under special circumstances to be shown on P&ID.
‫ﻣﺴﺪود ﺷﺪن و ﻳﺎ رﻓﻊ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
.‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬P&ID ‫ﺧﺎص ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
7.4.2.6 Reduction and enlargement in line size are
indicated by line size designation, and reducer and
expander symbols.
‫ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ و ﻛﺎﻫﺶ اﻧﺪازه ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻧﺪازه ﺧﻂ و‬6-2-4-7
7.4.2.7 Calculated wall thicknesses and/or
schedules not already prespecified in the individual
line classes shall be shown on the flow diagrams.
‫ ﻳـﺎ ﮔﻮﺷـﺖ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ‬/‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﻮاره ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪه و‬7-2-4-7
.‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه و اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻫﻨﺪه ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل در ﻃﺒﻘـﻪﺑﻨـﺪي ﻫـﺎي ﺧـﺎص ﺧـﻂ وﺟـﻮد‬
.‫ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
7.4.2.8 Corrosion allowances other than the
nominal allowances indicated in the individual line
classes shall be shown on the diagrams.
‫ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬8-2-4-7
4.2.9 All operating drains shall be noted and sized
on the flow diagrams and shall be routed to a drain
funnel. Destination of the drains shall be according
to the relevant specifications (see
IPS-E-PR725). All drains carrying light hydrocarbons (Reid
vapor pressure 34.5 kPa absolute or greater) shall
be segregated from the oily sewer system, and
shall be connected to the flare system.
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي زﻣﻴﻨـﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺗﻲ و اﻧـﺪازه آﻧﻬـﺎ‬9-2-4-7
‫اﺳﻤﻲ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺧـﺎص ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ در ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎ‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫روي ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻳـﻚ ﻗﻴـﻒ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ‬.‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪﻫﺎي‬.‫( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-PR-725 ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ )رﺟﻮع ﺑــﻪ‬
34/5 ‫ﺣﺎﻣــﻞ ﻫﻴــﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻦﻫــﺎي ﺳــﺒﻚ )ﻓــﺸﺎر ﺑﺨــﺎر ﻧــﺴﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺎﺿﻼب ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﺟﺪا‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳـﺖ‬10-2-4-7
7.4.2.10 Sample and test connections shall be
shown on the diagrams where required. Samples
which require cooling and connections to the flare
shall be shown with the cooling and flare lines
connections.
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻧﻴـﺎز ﺑـﻪ ﺧﻨـﻚ‬.‫در ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﺮدن و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻪ ﻣـﺸﻌﻞ داﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ اﺗـﺼﺎﻻت‬
.‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺷﻮرﻫﺎي ﻓـﻮاره اي و‬،‫ دوش ﻫﺎي اﺿﻄﺮاري‬11-2-4-7
7.4.2.11 Emergency showers, eye wash fountains
and utility stations shall be shown on the Utility
Distribution Flow Diagrams.
‫اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟـﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ در ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳـﻊ‬
.‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻓـﺮآورده ﻫـﺎي ﻣﻴـﺎﻧﻲ‬،‫ در ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻮاد زاﻳـﺪ‬12-2-4-7
7.4.2.12 Any locations where slopes, straight runs,
minimum mixing runs, etc., are required for
process reasons must be indicated.
‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﺧﺘﻼط ﻓﺮآورده و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﻪ دﻻﻳﻞ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻴـﺎز ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
7.4.2.13 The necessary instrumentation and piping
for start-up, control and shut-down, etc., sall be
shown for any equipment on P&ID wherever
applicable.
-‫ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺿﺮوري ﺑﺮاي راه‬13-2-4-7
7.4.2.14 Break points between underground and
aboveground piping with insulating flanges (if
required) shall be shown.
‫ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎي اﻧﻔﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻛـﺸﻲ زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨـﻲ و‬14-2-4-7
‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺗﻮﻗﻒ و ﻏﻴﺮه اﮔﺮ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد داﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﺑـﺮاي‬،‫اﻧﺪازي‬
‫ ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜـﻪ ﻋﻤﻠـﻲ اﺳـﺖ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬P&ID ‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات روي‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫روي زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ دار )در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن‬
.‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
30
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻣﺖ زاج در ﺧﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴـﺎز‬15-2-4-7
7.4.2.15 Minimum distance requirement for in line
blending to be indicated.
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺧﺮوج ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬16-2-4-7
7.4.2.16 Weep hole requirement to be shown.
‫ اﻗﻼم وﻳﮋه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬3-4-7
7.4.3 Piping specialty items
‫ اﺟﺰاء ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻳﺎ‬1-3-4-7
7.4.3.1 Piping components not identified by
instrument or mechanical equipment numbers, etc.,
and not covered by the piping material
specification, shall be identified by assigning a
Specialty Item Number or an Item Code Number
for identification symbol and shall be shown on the
diagrams.
‫ﺷﻤﺎرهﻫﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻪ ﻧـﺸﺪهاﻧـﺪ و در‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺟﻨﺲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﺗﺨـﺼﻴﺺ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻤﺎره آﻳـﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣـﻪ ﺑـﺮاي ﻋﻼﻣـﺖ‬
.‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ و در ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ در‬P&IDs ‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽـــﻪ ﺷـــﻴﺮﻫﺎي روي ﻧﻤـــﻮدار‬2-3-4-7
7.4.3.2 Symbol "M" standing for "Monel Trim"
should be mentioned on the valves on the P&IDs
in services where there is a possibility of
condensed water and H2S being present except for
the line classes which provide monel trim valves
and other features. Where it is intended that the
whole line should have monel trim valves it should
also be indicated on the line list.
‫ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬H2S ‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﻌـﺎن آب و ﺣـﻀﻮر‬
‫" اﺳﺖ‬Monel Trim "‫" ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬M" ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺣﺮف‬
‫ ﺑﺠﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي آن ﻟـﺰوم‬.‫ﻛﻨﺎرﺷﺎن آورده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ و دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﺨـﺼﻪﻫـﺎ را داﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ‬Monel ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي آﻟﻴﺎژ‬
‫ در‬،‫ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬Monel ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي آﻟﻴـﺎژ‬
.‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ آن اﺷﺎره ﺷﻮد‬
7.4.3.3 ASME and non ASME Code change
should be indicated for connection where ever
applicable.
‫ و آﻳــﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣــﻪ ﻏﻴــﺮ‬ASME ‫ ﺗﻐﻴﻴــﺮ آﻳــﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣــﻪ‬3-3-4-7
7.4.4 Steam traps & winterizing system
‫ ﺗﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺨـﺎر و ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫـﺎي ﺣـﺮارت دﻫـﻲ‬4-4-7
‫زﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‬
:‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آورده ﺷﻮد‬ASME
The following requirements shall be followed:
7.4.4.1 Steam traps pertaining to the winterizing
systems (steam tracing) are not shown on the
P&IDs except for the following cases:
‫ ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎرﻫـﺎي ﻣﺮﺑـﻮط ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺣـﺮارت دﻫـﻲ‬1-4-4-7
P&IDs ‫زﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ )ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨـﺎر( در ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎي‬
:‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ در ﺣﺎﻻت زﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﺨﺎر‬/‫ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬-
- At dead ends/pockets on steam lines;
- At upstream of the Unit battery limit main block
valves on steam lines;
‫ در ﺑﺎﻻدﺳﺖ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﺨﺎر واﻗﻊ در ﻣـﺮز‬-
- At all points which there is possibility of
condensation;
‫ در ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﻣـﺎﻳﻊ ﺷـﺪن وﺟـﻮد داﺷـﺘﻪ‬-
- At upstream of the first block valve of steam line
going to the steam turbine drivers, steam coils or
steam reboilers.
‫ در ﺑﺎﻻدﺳﺖ اوﻟﻴﻦ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﺧـﻂ ﺑﺨـﺎري ﻛـﻪ ﺑـــﻪ‬-
.‫واﺣﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﻠﻘـﻪﻫـﺎي ﺑﺨـﺎر و ﺑـﺎز‬،‫ﮔﺮداﻧﺪهﻫـﺎي ﺗـﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺨـﺎري‬
.‫ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬
‫ ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﺨـﺎر و ﻣﻴﻌـﺎن ﻣﺮﺑـﻮط ﺑـﻪ آن‬2-4-4-7
7.4.4.2 Steam trap and the relevant steam and
condensate lines to be shown for all steam
reboilers, heaters, coils, etc.
‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫـﺎي‬،‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎز ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬
.‫ﺑﺨﺎر و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
31
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ 3-4-4-7‬ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑـﻪ ﭘﻮﺷـﺶ ﮔـﺮم ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﺑﺨـﺎري ﺑﺮﻗـﻲ در‬
‫‪7.4.4.3 Steam/electrical tracing requirement shall‬‬
‫‪be noted on P&IDs by a dashed line parallel to the‬‬
‫‪line to be traced.‬‬
‫‪ P&IDs‬ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺧﻂ )‪ (--‬ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮازات ﺧﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5-7‬ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫‪7.5 General Notes‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻـﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺨـﺴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎي ﻫـﺮ‬
‫واﺣﺪ و زﻳـﺮ ﻋﻨـﻮان " ﻳـﺎدآوريﻫـﺎي ﻋﻤـﻮﻣﻲ" آورده ﺷـﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد در روي ﻫﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻤﻮدار ‪ P&I‬ارﺟﺎعﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻘـﺸﻪ ﻧﺨـﺴﺖ ﻛــــﻪ "‪ "General Notes‬ﻧـﺸﺎن‬
‫ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ داده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪General notes to be put on the front sheet of P&I‬‬
‫‪Diagrams of each "Unit" under title of "General‬‬
‫‪Notes". Reference should be made to the front‬‬
‫‪sheet drawing No. showing "General Notes", on‬‬
‫‪each P&I Diagram.‬‬
‫‪ 1-5-7‬ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎ‬
‫‪7.5.1 The following general notes shall be‬‬
‫‪specified as minimum requirement:‬‬
‫‪ 1-1-5-7‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣـﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ ﻣﮕـﺮ‬
‫‪7.5.1.1 All dimensions are in millimeters except as‬‬
‫‪noted.‬‬
‫‪ 2-1-5-7‬ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎت ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪7.5.1.2 Elevations shown are above the highest‬‬
‫‪point of paving.‬‬
‫‪ 3-1-5-7‬اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي روي ﺧﻂ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻧـﺪازه ﺧـﻂ ﺑـﻮده‬
‫‪7.5.1.3 All valves are line size unless otherwise‬‬
‫‪shown.‬‬
‫‪ 4-1-5-7‬اﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻓﻘﻂ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬در ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ‬
‫‪7.5.1.4 This flow diagram is diagrammatic only.‬‬
‫‪Design of pipe lines must be investigated for‬‬
‫‪venting of gas and vapor pockets in piping and‬‬
‫‪equipment, low points in piping, pumps and‬‬
‫‪equipment for freezing and draining and‬‬
‫‪accessibility of all valves, flanges and instruments‬‬
‫‪including thermocouples etc.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز و‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎر در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺎط ﭘﺴﺖ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛـﺸﻲ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑـﺮاي اﺟﺘﻨـﺎب از ﻳـﺦ زدﮔـﻲ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ و‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺷـﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ و ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5-1-5-7‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ادوات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜـﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ دور از‬
‫‪7.5.1.5 All electronic instrumentation shall be‬‬
‫‪installed away from steam lines and high‬‬
‫‪temperature heat sources.‬‬
‫‪ 6-1-5-7‬ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻤﻴﺘﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣـﺎﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛـﺰ ﺷـﻨﺎور ‪NLL‬‬
‫‪7.5.1.6 For level transmitter center of float is NLL.‬‬
‫‪The range shall cover the difference between LLL‬‬
‫‪& HLL.‬‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر آب و ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺮارت دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷــﺪ‪ .‬داﻣﻨــﻪ ﺷــﻨﺎور ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ ﺗﻔــﺎوت ﺑــﻴﻦ ‪ LLL‬و ‪ HLL‬را‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7-1-5-7‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧـﻪﻫـﺎي ﮔـﺎز‬
‫‪7.5.1.7 Sample taping for gas samples shall be‬‬
‫‪from the top of the main line. For liquid samples‬‬
‫‪tapping shall be done from the side.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺑـــﺎﻻي ﺧﻂ اﺻـــﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑـﺮاي ﻧﻤﻮﻧـﻪﻫـﺎي ﻣـﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺤــﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭘﻬﻠﻮ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8-1-5-7‬ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از دﻻﻳﻞ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨـﻲ از ﻧﻘـﺎط‬
‫‪7.5.1.8 Except for process reasons, low point‬‬
‫‪drains and high point vents are not shown.‬‬
‫‪ 9-1-5-7‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﻗﻼﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮف "‪ "P‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ زده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫‪7.5.1.9 All items marked (P) can be supplied as‬‬
‫‪part of package Units.‬‬
‫‪ 10-1-5-7‬اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ دﻣـﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎ ‪ M‬ﻧـﺸﺎن داده ﺷـﺪهاﻧـﺪ‬
‫"‪7.5.1.10 Temperature instruments shown with "M‬‬
‫‪are provided with monel well.‬‬
‫ﭘﺴﺖ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ از ﻧﻘﺎط ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﺑﺴﺘﻪ واﺣﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫داراي ﭼﺎﻫﻚ از آﻟﻴﺎژ ﻣﻮﻧﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ زﻳﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺿﺮورت ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧـﺪ‬2-5-7
7.5.2 The following general notes may be specified
as required:
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬1-2-5-7
7.5.2.1 Piping drains and vents
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﻘﺎط ﭘﺴﺖ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫـﻮاﻳﻲ ﻧﻘـﺎط ﻣﺮﺗﻔـﻊ ﺑـﺮاي‬
:‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﮔﺮدد‬
Low point drains and high point vents of piping
shall be provided in accordance with the following:
a) Drains for all sizes
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎ‬
- Alloy piping: DN 20 (¾ inch) gate valve with
blind flange.
‫ ﺑﺎ‬DN20 (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬3 ) ‫ ﺷﻴﺮ دروازه اي‬:‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي آﻟﻴﺎژي‬4
(‫ اﻳـﻨﭻ‬3 )
4
- Carbon steel piping: DN 20 (¾ inch) gate
valve with threaded plug.
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺷـﻴﺮ دروازه اي‬:‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫـﺎي ﻛـﺮﺑﻦ ﻓـﻮﻻدي‬‫ ﺑﺎ درﭘﻮش رزوهاي‬DN20
‫ و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬DN50 (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬2)‫ب( ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
b) Vents for Dn 50 (2 inch) and larger
High point vent shall be provided for the piping
of DN 50 (2 inch) and larger. Size and type are
based on the following:
(‫ اﻳـﻨﭻ‬2) ‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑـﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻫـﺎي‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه و ﻧـﻮع ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨـﺎي زﻳـﺮ‬.‫ و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﮔﺮدد‬DN50
:‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
- Alloy piping: DN 20 (¾ inch) gate valve with
blind flange;
‫ ﺑـﺎ‬DN20 (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬3 ) ‫ ﺷﻴﺮ دروازه اي‬:‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي آﻟﻴﺎژي‬-
- Carbon steel piping:
DN 20 (¾ inch)
gate valve with threaded plug;
(‫ اﻳـﻨﭻ‬3 ) ‫ ﺷـﻴﺮ دروازه اي‬:‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛـﺮﺑﻦ ﻓـﻮﻻدي‬-
4
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
4
.‫ ﺑﺎ درﭘﻮش رزوهاي‬DN20
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺟﻬـﺖ آزﻣـﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻴﺪروﺳـﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ‬.‫ ﺑﺎ درﭘﻮش رزوه اي‬DN20 (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬3 ) ‫اﺗﺼﺎل‬
- The vent provided for hydrostatic testing shall
be DN 20 (¾ inch) boss with threaded plug.
4
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد روي اﺗﺼﺎل ارﻳﻔﻴﺲ‬2-2-5-7
7.5.2.2 Block valves on orifice tap
‫ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺮاي‬DN15 (‫ اﻳـﻨﭻ‬1 ) ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺷﻴﺮ دروازهاي ﻣﻨﻔﺮد‬
a) DN 15 (½ inch) single gate valve shall be
provided for the all orifices of the piping class
of PN 100 (600 #) and less.
2
PN100(600#) ‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ارﻳﻔﻴﺲﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
.‫و ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑـﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴـﻪ‬DN 20 (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬3 ) ‫ب( ﺷﻴﺮ دروازه اي ﻣﻨﻔﺮد‬
b) DN 20 (¾ inch) single gate valve shall be
provided for the all orifices of the piping class
of PN 150 (900#) and over.
7.5.2.3 Drain
instruments:
valve
of
level
gages
4
‫ و‬PN 150(900*) ‫ارﻳﻔﻴﺲﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫـﺎ‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ اﻧـﺪازهﮔﻴﺮﻫـﺎي ﺳـﻄﺢ و اﺑـﺰار‬3-2-5-7
and
‫دﻗﻴﻖ‬
a) Drain valves [DN 20 (¾ inch) gate valve]
shall be provided.
DN 20 (‫ اﻳــﻨﭻ‬3 ) ‫اﻟــﻒ(ﺷــﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴــﻪ دروازهاي‬
b) The provisions should be made for routing
the drain of liquids with RVP of greater than
34.5 kPa (abs) to flare.
‫ب( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺗﻤﻬﻴـﺪات ﻻزم ﺑـﺮاي ﻫـﺪاﻳﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ‬
4
.‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ )ﻧﻮع دروازهاي( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل ﻣﻄﻠـﻖ ﺑـﻪ‬34/5 ‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬RVP ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﻌﻞ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬
33
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
8. DESIGN CRITERIA FOR PREPARATION
OF P&I DIAGRAMS
P&I ‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬-8
The following design criteria shall be applied for
preparation of P&I Diagrams unless otherwise
specified in the relevant piping and/or equipment
specifications of the Company. In case of any
conflict, the specific piping and/or equipment
specifications will be governed.
‫ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬P&I ‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬/ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ و‬
‫ در‬.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮ آورده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬
‫ ﻳــﺎ ﻣﺸﺨــﺼﺎت‬/‫ ﻣﺸﺨــﺼﺎت ﻟﻮﻟــﻪ ﻛــﺸﻲ و‬،‫ﺻــﻮرت ﻣﻐــﺎﻳﺮت‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات وﻳﮋه ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﮔﺬاري ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ‬1-8
8.1 Assembly piping of pumps
‫ اﺳﺎس اﻧﺘﺨﺎب اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎ‬1-1-8
8.1.1 Valve size selection basis for pumps
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺗﻔﺎوت اﻧـﺪازه ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺧـﻂ ورودي ﺗﻠﻤﺒـﻪ و ﻧـﺎزل ورودي‬
‫ در ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬.‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ و ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒـﻪ وﺟـﻮد دارد‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ اﻧﺪازه ﻧﺎزل ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻳﻚ اﻧﺪازه ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از اﻧـﺪازه‬
:‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻴﺮ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Generally, the size is likely different between
pump suction line and pump suction nozzle, or
pump discharge line and pump discharge nozzle.
In case that, pump nozzle is one or more sizes
smaller than the line size, the size of block valve
shall be in accordance with the following:
Nozzle
Block Valve
At Pump
1- One size
1- Same as
Suction
smaller than
suction line size
‫ﺷﻴﺮاﻧﺴﺪاد‬
‫ ﻫﻢ اﻧﺪازه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬-1
‫ورودي‬
‫ﻧﺎزل‬
‫ ﻳﻚ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‬-1
‫درورودي‬
‫از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬
line
At Pump
Discharge
2-Two or more
2- Select one
sizes smaller
size smaller
than line
than line
Smaller than
discharge line
Select one size
smaller than line
‫ﻳﻚ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‬-2
‫از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻳﻚ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‬
‫از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫درﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬
‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬2-1-8
8.1.2 Pump strainer
‫ ﺻــﺎﻓﻲ ورودي ﺗﻠﻤﺒــﻪ ﻫــﺎ ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ ﻃﺒــﻖ ﻣﻌﻴــﺎر زﻳــﺮ‬1-2-1-8
8.1.2.1 The suction strainer of pumps shall be
selected in accordance with the following criteria:
Line Size
‫ دو اﻧﺪازه ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬-2
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
:‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬
Strainer Type
DN 80 (3 inch) and larger
T
T
DN 50 (2 inch) and smaller
Y
Y
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬DN80 (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬3)
‫ و ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‬DN50 (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬2)
‫ و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘـﺮ‬DN 150 (‫ اﻳـﻨﭻ‬6) ‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه‬2-2-1-8
8.1.2.2 Strainers DN150 (6 inch) and larger shall
have DN 25 (one inch) drain valve.
.‫ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬DN 25 (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬1) ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬3-1-8
8.1.3 Pump vents and drains
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪﻫﺎي زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮيﻫﺎي زﻳـﺮ‬
:‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
Pump casing drains and vents shall be routed to
closed system such as flare for the following
services:
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺳﻴﺎﻻت داراي ﻣﻮاد ﺳﻤﻲ؛‬
a) Fluids containing toxic material;
b) Fluids with a Reid vapor pressure greater
than 34.5 kPa (abs) at pump operating
temperature.
‫( ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ از‬Reid) ‫ب( ﺳﻴﺎﻻت داراي ﻓـﺸﺎر ﺑﺨـﺎر ﻧـﺴﺒﻲ‬
.‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل)ﻣﻄﻠﻖ( در دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬34/5
34
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﺎز از ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫـﺎ‬،‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺗﺤﺖ ﺧﻼء ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻇـﺮف ورودي ﺗﻠﻤﺒـﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﺗـﺎ‬
.‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﻠﻤﺒـﻪ ﺗـﻮازن ﻓـﺸﺎر ﺑﺮﻗـﺮار ﮔـﺮدد‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺮ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺎﻻ در ﻫﻤﻪ ﺣـﺎﻻت ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ زﻣﻴﻨـﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﻴـﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻓﺎﺿـﻼب آﺑﻬـﺎي‬
‫ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣـﺸﺨﺺ ﺷـﺪه‬
‫ﺑـــﺎﺷــﺪ )رﺟﻮع ﺷــــــﻮد ﺑـﻪ ﻣﻘـﺼﺪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴــــﻪ زﻣﻴﻨـﻲ در‬
.(IPS-E-PR-725
In addition to the above, the vent of casing for the
vacuum service should be routed back to the
suction vessel to make out the pressure balance
prior to the pump operation. Drain of hydrocarbon
pumps shall also have disposal to oily water sewer
in all cases in addition to the above requirements
unless otherwise specified (see IPS-E-PR-725 for
drain destinations).
‫ ﺧﻂ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن‬4-1-8
8.1.4 Warming-Up line
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد و ﻳﺎ‬170 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ وﻗﺘـﻲ ﺳـﻴﺎل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨـﺪ در دﻣـﺎي ﻣﺤـﻴﻂ‬
،‫ﺟﺎﻣــﺪ ﮔــﺮدد و ﻳــﺎ اﻳﻨﻜــﻪ ﺳــﻴﺎل ﺧﻮرﻧــﺪه و ﻳــﺎ ﺳــﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪات ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
The provisions for warming-up of pump is
required for the pump operated at 170°C and
higher or when the process fluid solidifies at
ambient conditions or the fluids are corrosive or
toxic.
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬5-1-8
8.1.5 Auxiliary piping of pump
‫ آب‬،‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻛـﺸﻲ ﻛﻤﻜـﻲ از ﻗﺒﻴـﻞ آب ﺧﻨـﻚ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه‬
‫ ﺳـﻴﺎل ﺷﺴﺘـﺸﻮي آب ﺑﻨـﺪي‬،‫ ﺑﺨـﺎر آب و ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧـﺎت‬،‫ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧـﻪ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ در ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬،‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
.‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺟﺪا ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷـﻮد‬
‫در ﺷﺮح ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ارﺟﺎع ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪﮔـﺬاري ﻛﻤﻜـﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ذﻛـﺮ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
Details of auxiliary piping such as, cooling water,
plant water, steam and condensate, mechanical seal
flush fluid, etc., which are required as per pump
data sheet shall be shown on a separate drawing.
Reference to the auxiliary piping drawing shall be
noted under the pump description.
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﻇﺮوف‬،‫ ﺑﺨﺎر زﻧﻲ‬2-8
8.2 Steam-Out, Drain and Vent for Vessels
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨـﻲ‬،‫ اﻧﺪازه و ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﺎزل ﻫـــﺎي ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧـــﻲ‬1-2-8
8.2.1 Size and requirement of steam-out, vent and
drain nozzles of vessels shall be according to the
requirements stipulated in IPS-E-PR-200, "Basic
Engineering Design Data". The vent valve shall be
directly mounted on the vent nozzle with blind
flange.
‫و ﻫﻮاﻳــﻲ ﻇﺮوف ﺑــﺎﻳـــﺪ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﺑــــﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣـﺎت ﻣـﺼﺮح در‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑـﻪ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-PR-200
.‫ﻧﺎزل ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ ﺑـﺎﻻ‬1-2-8 ‫ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳــﻲ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬2-2-8
8.2.2 In addition to the vents required in article
8.2.1 above, a blanked off ventilation nozzle shall
be provided on the top of the all horizontal vessels
near the end opposite the manway. See IPS-E-PR200 for size of the blanked off ventilation nozzle.
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎزل ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣـﺴﺪود ﺷـﺪه ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ روي ﻛﻠﻴـﻪ ﻇـﺮوف اﻓﻘـﻲ‬
‫ ﺑـﺮاي اﻧـﺪازه‬.‫ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬IPS-E-PR-200 ‫ﻧﺎزل ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬
8.2.3 Vent connections must be located on top of
the vertical and horizontal vessels.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳــﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻇﺮوف ﻋﻤـﻮدي و‬3-2-8
8.2.4 The drain valve will be provided as follows:
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬4-2-8
.‫اﻓﻘﻲ ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﺷﻮد‬
- For low pressure services, up to design
pressure of 3800 kPa, provide single block
valve with blind plate.
‫ ﺗـــﺎ ﻓـﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣــﻲ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮيﻫـــﺎي ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬-
- For high pressure services over design
pressure of 3800 kPa, or where the nature of
‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﻓـﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮيﻫـــﺎي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ‬-
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﺑـﺎ ﺻـﻔﺤﻪ ﻣـﺴﺪود‬،‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬3800
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻳـﻚ‬،‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل و ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3800
35
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
liquid requires it, provide double block valves
with blind plate.
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺻـﻔﺤﻪ ﻣـﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬/‫ ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬3-8
8.3 Bypass for Safety/Relief Valve
‫ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳــﻲ ﮔﺎز ﻫﻴـﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳـﺎ ﮔـﺎز‬
‫ﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ در ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي واﺣﺪ در‬
‫ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫـﺎي زﻳـﺮ‬.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The bypass shall be provided for venting the
hydrocarbon gas or toxic gas to flare system while
plant shut-down or start-up. Provision of bypass
shall be as per following criteria:
‫ ﻇﺮوف‬1-3-8
8.3.1 Vessels
‫ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ ﮔـﺮدد ﻣﮕـﺮ اﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﻃـﻮر دﻳﮕـﺮي در‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Bypass shall be provided unless otherwise
specified in the relevant Company’s specifications.
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬/‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ‬2-3-8
8.3.2 Piping/equipment
‫ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﮔﺎز‬1-2-3-8
8.3.2.1 Gas service
‫اﻟﻒ( ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و زداﻳﺶ دﻳﮕﺮي ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﺸﻌﻞ در‬
a) If there is other purge line to flare on same
stream line, bypass is not required for
safety/relief valve.
‫ ﻧﻴــﺎزي ﺑــﻪ ﻛﻨﺎرﮔــﺬر ﺑــﺮاي ﺷــﻴﺮ‬،‫ﻫﻤــﺎن ﺧــﻂ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ‬
.‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬/‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
-‫ب( در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﺒﻮدن ﺧﻂ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣـﺸﻌﻞ ﻫﻴـﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻦ‬
b) In case of no purge line to flare for toxic or
flammable hydrocarbon, bypass valve shall be
provided. The size of bypass valve and line
shall be same as the vent size of
piping/equipment.
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺎرﮔـﺬر ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ در ﻧﻈـﺮ‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﺳﻤﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر و ﺧﻂ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬
.‫ﻫﻮاﻳــﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﮔﺬاري و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬2-2-3-8
8.3.2.2 Liquid service
‫ ﺑـﺮاي ﻛـﺎرﺑﺮي ﻣـﺎﻳﻊ در ﻧﻈـﺮ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر‬
.‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آن ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮد‬
Bypass valves are generally not provided for liquid
service unless otherwise specified.
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد و ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬4-8
8.4 Block and Bypass Valves for Control Valve
.‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ "ط" اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد‬
Reference to be made to Appendix I of this
Standard.
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺧﻂ‬5-8
8.5 Line Numbering
a) For line numbering system reference should
be made to IPS-E-PR-308, "Numbering
System".
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑــﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻤــﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺧـﻂ ﺑــــﻪ ﻣﺮﺟـﻊ‬
b) Line numbers shall be assigned to all lines
with the following origins and destinations:
‫ب( ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑـﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴـﻪ ﺧﻄـﻮط از ﺷـﺮوع ﺗـﺎ‬
.‫ رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد‬IPS-E-PR-308
:‫ﻣﻘﺼﺪ زﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
to
‫ از ﻳﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﻔﺮد ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﻔﺮد دﻳﮕﺮ؛‬-
- From line to individual equipment item and
vice versa. Another number is required for the
line located at the downstream of equipment;
‫ ﺑـﺮاي ﺧـﻂ‬.‫ از ﺧﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﻔـﺮد و ﺑـﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ‬-
- From individual equipment
individual equipment item;
item
‫واﻗﻊ در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ دﺳﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷـﻤﺎره دﻳﮕـﺮي ﻣـﻮرد ﻧﻴـﺎز‬
‫اﺳﺖ؛‬
‫ ﻛﻨـﺎر‬،‫ ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر ﺷـﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل‬:‫ از ﺧﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ) ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ‬‫ﮔﺬر ﺷﻴﺮ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧـﺖ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه و‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن و اﻳﻤﻨﻲ(؛‬
- From line to line (exceptions: control valve
bypass, block valve warm-up and equalizing
bypasses, and safety/relief valve bypass);
36
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ از ﻳﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤـﺎن ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰ ) ﺑـﻪ ﺟـﺰ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻫـﺎي‬‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎده ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ(؛‬
‫ ﻗﻴـﻒ ﻳـﺎ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬،‫ از ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ و ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑـﻪ اﺗﻤـﺴﻔﺮ‬‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ) ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ دودﻛﺶ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳــﻲ داﺋﻤﻲ‬
.(‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻳﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
- From unique equipment to the same unique
equipment item (except level standpipes);
- From line or equipment to atmosphere,
funnel, or closed drainage system (exception:
continuous process vent stacks and process
drains).
c)Pipe line numbers shall be prefixed, from
source to Unit battery limit with the Unit
number of the Unit of origin.
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺷـﻤﺎره واﺣـﺪ‬،‫ج( ﺷﻤﺎره ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﭘﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
d)A new line number is required when the pipe
design condition can vary (e.g., downstream of
the control valve assembly) or when a new
piping class is to be specified.
‫د( وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨـﺪ )ﻣـﺜﻼً ﭘـﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
.‫ از ﻣﻨﺸﺎء ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮز واﺣﺪ‬.‫ﻣﺒﺪاء ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ و ﻳﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬،(‫دﺳﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺧﻂ ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻫ( ﺷﻤﺎره ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ ﺧـﻂ ﺑـﻪ ﻳـﻚ‬
e)Line number shall be held up to the point
where the line ends to the header or Unit battery
limit block valve. All branches to and from
header shall have an individual line number.
‫ ﺗﻤـﺎم‬.‫ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻧﺴﺪاد در ﻣﺮز واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﺑـﺪ‬
‫اﻧﺸﻌﺎﺑﺎت ﺑﻪ از ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺷـﻤﺎره ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧـﻪ داﺷـﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫و(ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻤﺎم‬
f)All utility headers (systems) including all
steam, water and sewer lines shall be numbered
with their respective Units. All branches
serving a specific Unit will be numbered with
that Unit.
‫ ﺧﻂ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺎﺿﻼب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي‬،‫ آب‬،‫ﺑﺨﺎر آب‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﻧﺸﻌﺎﺑﺎت ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ واﺣـﺪ‬.‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎن واﺣﺪ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ز( ﺷﻤﺎره ﻫﺎي ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤـﻮي اﻧﺘﺨـﺎب ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬
g)Line numbers shall be selected so that
consecutive line numbers are grouped first by
common service. Spare line numbers may be
left between the groupings.
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ﺧﻂ ﺑـﺮاي ﻛـﺎرﺑﺮي ﻣـﺸﺘﺮك در ﻳـﻚ‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎرهﻫﺎي ﺧﻂ ﻳـﺪﻛﻲ ﻣـﻲﺗﻮاﻧﻨـﺪ ﺑـﻴﻦ‬.‫ﮔﺮوه ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﺮوهﻫﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ح( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻛـﻪ ﻫـﺪاﻳﺖ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ از ﻳـﻚ‬
h)All process lines routed from Unit to Unit
shall be assigned on interconnecting line
number. Within the process Unit(s), Unit line
numbers
are
to
be
assigned.
The
interconnecting Unit P&I Diagram is to show
every interconnecting process line and indicate
the line numbers inside the process Units at the
Units battery limits.
‫واﺣﺪ ﺑـﻪ واﺣـﺪ دﻳﮕـﺮ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺷـﻤﺎره ﺧﻄـﻮط اﺗـﺼﺎل دادن‬
‫ در داﺧﻞ واﺣﺪ )ﻫﺎ( ﺷﻤﺎرهﻫـﺎي‬.‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺧﻄـﻮط‬P&I ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎي‬.‫ﺧﻂ واﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ واﮔـﺬار ﮔـﺮدد‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل دادن واﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻫـﺮ ﺧـﻂ‬
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﻴﻦ دو واﺣﺪ را ﻧﺸﺎن داده و ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ اﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ‬
.‫در ﻣﺤﺪوده واﺣﺪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﭼﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره اي دارد‬
‫ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬6-8
8.6 Philosophy of Instrumentation Installation
.‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ "ز" اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد‬
Reference to be made to Appendix J of this
Standard.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬7-8
8.7 Utility Connections
Utility connections to process line and equipment
for steam and nitrogen shall be as follows:
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨـﺪي و ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات‬
:‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺨﺎر آب و ﻧﻴﺘﺮوژن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
8.7.1 Connections to process line and/or equipment
(see Figs. 5 and 6):
‫ﻳـﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات )ﺑــــﻪ‬/‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑــﻪ ﺧـﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨـﺪي و‬1-7-8
:(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬6 ‫ و‬5 ‫ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎي‬
37
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪Process Line or Equipment‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
‫‪Nitrogen‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺘﺮوژن‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪5‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎر آب‬
‫‪Fig. 6‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪6‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫‪Notes on utility tie-in:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﻪ اﺗﻤـﺴﻔﺮ ﺑـﺎز ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮد ﺷـﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺣﺬف ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫‪1) The isolation valve may be omitted if the‬‬
‫‪process line is open to atmosphere.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ دﺳﺖ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻓـﻪ ﻳـﻚ ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ زﻣﻴﻨـﻲ‬
‫‪2) Provide a drain at downstream of check‬‬
‫‪valve to check the leakage.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑــﺮاي ﻛــﺎرﺑﺮي ﻧﻴﺘــﺮوژن ﻳــﻚ ﺷــﻴﺮ اﻧــﺴﺪاد و ﺻــﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪3) Provide spectacle blind and block valve for‬‬
‫‪N2 service.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺷﻴﺮ اﻧﺴﺪاد اﺻﻠﻲ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺑﺨﺎر آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨـﺸﻌﺐ از‬
‫‪4) Main block valve for steam service shall be‬‬
‫‪at the branch point from steam header.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬اﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺨﺎر آب ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ )ﻛﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪5) This configuration shall be used for low‬‬
‫‪pressure steam (all sizes). For medium and high‬‬
‫‪pressure steam double block valves with‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاي رﺳﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺪودﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر آب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ و ﺑﺎﻻ‪،‬‬
‫‪38‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫‪bleeder between the valves is required.‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي دوﮔﺎﻧﻪ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺿﺮوري‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2-7-8‬اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧﻲ‬
‫‪8.7.2 Connections to vessel for steam-out‬‬
‫‪ 1-2-7-8‬اﺗﺼﺎﻻت داﻳﻤﻲ ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧﻲ )رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(7‬‬
‫‪8.7.2.1 Permanent steam-out connection (see‬‬
‫‪Fig. 7):‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر آب ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‬
‫‪Fig. 7‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪7‬‬
‫‪ 2-2-7-8‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ ﺑـﺮاي ﺑﺨـﺎرزﻧﻲ )رﺟـﻮع ﺑـﻪ ﺷـﻜﻞ‬
‫‪8.7.2.2 Temporary steam-out connection (see Fig.‬‬
‫‪8):‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ‪( 8‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪودﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻋﻴﻨﻜﻲ‬
‫‪Spectacle blind‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﺷﻠﻨﮓ‬
‫‪Fig. 8‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪8‬‬
‫‪ 8-8‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺮز واﺣﺪ‬
‫‪8.8 Unit Battery Limit Installation‬‬
‫‪ 1-8-8‬ﺧﻄﻮط ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي ‪ 9‬و ‪ 10‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد(‬
‫‪8.8.1 Process lines (see Figs. 9 and 10):‬‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫واﺣﺪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫واﺣﺪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫وارد ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪BATTERY‬‬
‫‪LIMIT‬‬
‫ﺧﺎرج ﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬
‫وارد ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎرج ﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬
‫ﻣﺮز واﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮاد زاﺋﺪ‬
‫‪Fig. 10‬‬
‫‪Fig. 9‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪10‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪9‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎي اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻣﺤﺪوده واﺣﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪installation‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻴﺪروژن‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺘﺮوژن‪ ،‬ﮔﺎزﻫﺎي ﺳﻤﻲ و ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻴﺎﻻت‬
‫‪limit‬‬
‫‪battery‬‬
‫‪Notes on unit‬‬
‫‪requirements:‬‬
‫‪1) Provide for hydrogen, nitrogen, toxic gases‬‬
‫‪and all high pressure fluids (P>3800 kPa),‬‬
‫‪double block valves, spectacle blind and drain‬‬
‫‪as shown in Fig. 10.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ )ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ از‪ 3800‬ﻛﻴﻠـﻮ ﭘﺎﺳـﻜﺎل( ﺷـﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬
‫دوﮔﺎﻧﻪ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻋﻴﻨﻜﻲ و ﻳـﻚ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 10‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ 1‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺒﺎﺷـﺪ( ﻳـﻚ‬
‫‪2) Provide for each process line (not included in‬‬
‫‪item 1 above) an isolation valve, spectacle blind‬‬
‫‪and drain as shown in Fig. 9.‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣـﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﻋﻴﻨﻜـﻲ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ‬
‫زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛـﻪ در ﺷـﻜﻞ ‪ 9‬ﻧـﺸﺎن داده ﺷـﺪه ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻫﺮ واﺣـﺪ‬
‫‪3) Provide a flow indicator and recorder shown‬‬
‫‪on board for each process stream entering and‬‬
‫‪leaving each Unit. Do not duplicate measuring‬‬
‫‪elements in the same stream within one block‬‬
‫‪area.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن و ﻳﻚ ﺛﺒﺎت روي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫در ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ روي ﻳﻚ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻳﻚ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﻜﺮار ﻧﺸﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮدازﺷﮕﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮاي ﻫـﺮ ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن‬
‫‪4) Provide a board mounted TI on each process‬‬
‫‪stream entering and leaving the Unit where a‬‬
‫‪flow integrator is provided. Do not duplicate‬‬
‫‪with TI’s required for other purposes.‬‬
‫‪Generally, the TI to be located at downstream‬‬
‫‪of the flow element.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ‪ TI‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه روي‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺎزي ﺑﻪ ﺗﻜﺮار ‪ TI‬ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺪف ﻫﺎي دﻳﮕـﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ‪ TI‬در ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ دﺳﺖ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن ﻗـﺮار‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﻓﺮآوردهﻫﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و‪/‬ﻳﺎ ورودي واﺣﺪ ﻳـﻚ‬
‫‪5) Provide a sample station for all products‬‬
‫‪leaving and/or entering the Unit.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآورده ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ از واﺣـﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ در ﻣـﺮز‬
‫‪6) Product streams leaving Units shall be piped‬‬
‫‪at the Unit limits to the relevant slops header‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫واﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻣﻮاد زاﺋﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃـﻪ )ﻣـﻮاد زاﻳـﺪ ﺳـﺒﻚ و‬
‫‪40‬‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
(light or heavy slops) as well as for the start-up
(off-spec.) operation.
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ در زﻣﺎن ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎت‬.‫ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ( ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
.(‫راهاﻧﺪازي )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬
7) Provide a local PI on each process stream
entering and/or leaving the Unit. Do not
duplicate with PI’s required on the same
streams. PI may be board mounted as required.
‫( ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ورودي و ﻳـﺎ ﺧﺮوﺟـﻲ واﺣـﺪ‬7
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن‬PI ‫ ﻧﻴﺎزي ﺑﻪ ﺗﻜﺮار‬.‫ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬PI ‫ﻳﻚ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ روي ﺗـﺎﺑﻠﻮ‬PI ‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم‬.‫ﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
.‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد‬
‫( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد ﺟﻬﺖ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب از ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﻧﻤﻮدن ﺗﻤﺎم‬8
8) Special attention should be made to the
possibility of avoiding duplication of some or
all of the above mentioned hardwares on the
adjacent Units.
‫و ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﺳﺨﺖ اﻓﺰارﻫﺎي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ در‬
.‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻫﻤﺠﻮار ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﺎص داﺷﺖ‬
‫ و‬11 ‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ )ﺑﻪ ﺷـﻜﻠﻬﺎي‬2-8-8
8.8.2 Utility lines (see figs. 11, 12 and 13):
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬13 ‫ و‬12
‫ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ‬
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ‬
‫ ازواﺣﺪ‬/ ‫ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‬
Fig. 11
Fig. 12
Fig. 13
11 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
12 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
13 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Notes on unit
requirements:
battery
limit
:‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎي اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻣﺮز واﺣﺪ‬
installation
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳـﺖ ﺑـﺮاي‬11 ‫( ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬1
1) Provide valves, drains and instrumentation as
shown in Fig. 11 for the following cases:
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ‬،‫ﺣﺎﻻت زﻳﺮ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
:‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ )ﺗﻤﺎم اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎ(؛‬-
- low pressure steam (all sizes);
‫ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ و ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ ] اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎي ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از‬-
- Medium pressure and high pressure steam
[sizes smaller than DN200 (8 inch)];
‫ [؛‬DN200 (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬8)
.‫ آب ﺧﻮراك دﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎر‬-
- Boiler feed water.
41
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
،‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬12 ‫( ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬2
2) Provide valves, drains and instrumentation as
shown in Fig. 12 for medium and high pressure
steams for DN200 (8 inch) and larger sizes.
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄـﻮط ﺑﺨـﺎر‬
‫ اﻳـﻨﭻ( و‬8) DN200 ‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ و ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازهﻫـﺎي‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
3) Fig. 13 shall be applied for condensate lines.
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬13 ‫( ﺷﻜﻞ‬3
4) A line size boot at upstream of the first
isolation valve shall be provided and shall
discharge condensate to the condensate
recovery system through steam trap. The boot
and steam trap requirement is not needed for
boiler feed water streams.
‫( ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧـﺎت ﺑـﻪ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓـﺖ ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧـﺎت از‬4
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻮت ﺑـﻪ ﻗﻄـﺮ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻدﺳـﺖ‬
‫ ﻧﻴﺎزي ﺑﻪ ﺑﻮت و ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر‬.‫اوﻟﻴﻦ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫روي ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﺎي آب ﺧﻮراك دﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎر وﺟـﻮد‬
.‫ﻧﺪارد‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي‬9-8
8.9 Sample Connections
‫ ﺑـــﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ "ح" و‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫــﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﻤﻮﻧـﻪ ﮔﻴـﺮي‬
.(‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1-2-2-‫ﺑﺨﺶ اﻟﻒ‬
For sample connection symbols, reference to be
made to Appendix H and Section A.2.2.1 of
Appendix A of this Standard.
‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر‬10-8
8.10 Steam Trap Assembly
For individual steam trap symbols reference to be
made to Section A.2.2.1 of Appendix A of this
Standard.
1-2-2-‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧـﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫـﺎي ﺗﻠـﻪ ﺑﺨـﺎر ﻣﻨﻔـﺮد ﺑـﻪ ﻗـﺴﻤﺖ اﻟـﻒ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
8.10.1 Steam trap assembly with internal strainer
for different services:
‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دروﻧﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛـﺎرﺑﺮيﻫـﺎي‬1-10-8
:‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت‬
:(14 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺣﺮارت دﻫﻲ زﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ )رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
a) Winterizing (see Fig. 14):
‫ﻧﺸﺎن زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮح دادن ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋـﻪ ﺗﻠـﻪ ﺑﺨـﺎر‬
‫ زﻳــﺮ آﻣــﺪه ﻣــﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧــﺪ در‬14 ‫ﻫﻤــﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛــﻪ در ﺷــﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴـﺮد و‬UFDs ‫ و‬P&IDs ‫ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬
.‫از ﺗﻜﺮار اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﮔﺮدد‬
The following symbol can be used to
demonstrate the steam trap assembly
configuration as shown below in Fig. 14 on
P&IDs and UFDs in order to avoid duplication.
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
Fig. 14
14 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
42
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ب( ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
b) Heat conservation
‫ﻧﺸﺎن زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺷـﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬UFDs ‫ و‬P&IDs ‫ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬15
.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
The following symbol can be used in place of the
steam trap assembly shown below in Fig.15 on
P&IDs and UFDs.
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
3
Fig. 15
15 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ )رﺟﻮع ﺑـﻪ ﺷـﻜﻞ‬2-10-8
8.10.2 Stream trap assembly with external strainer
(see fig. 16)
(16
4
Fig. 16
16 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
43
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
FLOW
‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬-9
9.1 The Utility Flow Diagram(s) (UFDs) shall be
prepared as separate drawing titled as "Utilities
Distribution Flow Diagram". The distribution of
utilities for plant operation shall be shown on the
drawing. The utilities for plant operation are
generally classified as follows where applicable:
‫( ﺑـﻪ‬UFDs) ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار)ﻫﺎ( ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن ﺳـﺮوﻳﺲﻫـﺎي ﺟـﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬1-9
9. CRITERIA
DIAGRAMS
FOR
UTILITY
‫ﺻــﻮرت ﻧﻘــﺸﻪ ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧــﻪ ﺑــﻪ ﻋﻨــﻮان " ﻧﻤــﻮدار ﺗﻮزﻳــﻊ ﺟﺮﻳــﺎن‬
‫ ﺗﻮزﻳـﻊ ﺳﺮوﻳـﺴﻬﺎي‬.‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟـﺎﻧﺒﻲ" ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ ﮔـﺮدد‬
.‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻘـﺸﻪ ﻧـﺸﺎن داده ﺷـﻮد‬
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽـﻪ ﻛـﺎرﺑﺮدي‬
:‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
- several grades of steam;
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﺑﺨﺎر؛‬-
- several grades of condensate;
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت؛‬-
- boiler feed water;
‫ آب ﺧﻮراك دﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎر؛‬-
- cooling water and sea water ;
‫ آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و آب درﻳﺎ؛‬-
- raw (fresh) water;
‫ آب ﺧﺎم )ﺗﺎزه(؛‬-
- plant and potable water;
‫ آب ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ و آب آﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ؛‬-
- fuel oil and fuel gas;
‫ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﮔﺎز؛‬-
- instrument and plant air;
‫ ﻫﻮاي ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ؛‬-
- nitrogen;
‫ ﻧﻴﺘﺮوژن؛‬-
- inert gas;
‫ ﮔﺎز ﺧﻨﺜﻲ؛‬-
- seal oil/flushing oil;
‫روﻏﻦ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه؛‬/‫ روﻏﻦ آب ﺑﻨﺪي‬-
- closed circuit hot oil system;
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺪار ﺑﺴﺘﻪ روﻏﻦ داغ؛‬-
- flare and blow-down;
‫ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ دور رﻳﺰ؛‬-
- Chemical system such as caustic and
ammonia.
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺳﻮد ﺳﻮزآور و آﻣﻮﻧﻴﺎك‬-
The above utilities are classified into several
groups and shown on diagram(s) in accordance
with the next articles. A dedicated drawing shall be
prepared for "Flare and Blow-down".
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻓﻮق در ﮔﺮوه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻌﺪد ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﺑﻌﺪي ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه و در ﻧﻤﻮدار)ﻫﺎ( ﻧـﺸﺎن داده ﻣﻴـﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي " ﻣﺸﻌﻞ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ" ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬
9.2 Utility Flow Diagrams shall be presented in
accordance with the requirements stipulated in this
Standard for P&IDs where applicable.
‫ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫــﺎي ﺟﺮﻳــﺎن‬،‫ ﻫﺮﺟــﺎ ﻛــﺎرﺑﺮي داﺷــﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ‬2-9
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣـﺎت ﺗـﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺷـﺪه در اﻳـﻦ‬
.‫ اراﻳﻪ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬P&IDs ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫــــﺎي ﺟﺮﻳــﺎن ﺳــﺮوﻳﺲﻫــــﺎي ﺟــﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ‬3-9
9.3 Utility Flow Diagrams shall show main
distribution/collection headers and finger headers
with their isolating facilities and instrumentation.
The branch line and subheader arrangement shall
be shown as practical as possible.
‫ﺟﻤــﻊ آوري و ﺳﺮﺷــﺎﺧﻪ ﻫــﺎي‬/‫ﺳﺮﺷــﺎﺧﻪﻫــﺎي اﺻــﻠﻲ ﺗﻮزﻳــﻊ‬
‫اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ را ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼت ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ادوات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آراﻳﺶ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻨﺸﻌﺐ و ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫـﺎي ﻓﺮﻋـﻲ‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ و‬P&IDs ‫ ﻧﻤــﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻌﻴــﺎر اﺗــﺼﺎل ﺑــﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫــﺎي‬4-9
9.4 Indication criteria of connection between
P&IDs and UFDs is according to the following
general philosophy:
:‫ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻛﻠﻲ زﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬UFDs ‫ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬
44
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
[
a) The indication of isolation valve shall not be
duplicated on P&ID and UFD.
‫ و‬P&ID ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺷـﻴﺮ ﺟﺪاﺳـﺎزي ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ در ﻧﻤـﻮدار‬
b) Valve and instrument which will be used for
the normal operation shall be indicated on
P&ID, such as:
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻛـﻪ در ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎت‬P&ID ‫ب( در ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
.‫ ﺗﻜﺮار ﺷﻮد‬UFD
‫ﻧﺮﻣﺎل ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧـﺸﺎن‬
:‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧـﺴﺪاد ﺑـﺮاي ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟـﻲ آب ﺧﻨـﻚ‬‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺨﺎر ﺧﻔﻪ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﮔـﺮم ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه‬‫ﻣﺸﻌﻞ دار‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﺮوي ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺑﺨﺎر‬‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬-
- Block valves for water cooler inlet and
outlet;
- Block valves for snuffing steam of fired
heater;
- Globe valve for steam injection control;
- Control valves for fuel control.
‫ج( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ در راه اﻧﺪازي و ﺗﻮﻗـﻒ واﺣـﺪ ﻣـﻮرد‬
c). Valves which will be used only for start-up
and shut-down shall be indicated on the UFD
such as:
UFD ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ در ﻧﻤﻮدار‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
:‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺨﺎر ﭘﺎك ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﮔﺎز و ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-
- Header isolation valve for steam purge
connection;
- Isolation valve for fuel gas or fuel oil.
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺸﻌﺎﺑﺎت ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼت‬5-9
9.5 Utility/common facility branch line header
valves at the process Unit battery limit shall be
shown. The Utility Flow Diagram shall also
indicate any valve in utility/common facility
individual branch lines required for process and
maintenance operations even if these valves may
be physically located in the pipe rack or the
sequence of branches may allow in the future for a
single valve to serve several branch lines.
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ در ﻣﺮز واﺣﺪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن‬/‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮك‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ در ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳـﺮوﻳﺲﻫـﺎي ﺟـﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬.‫داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
/ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﺮي ﻛﻪ در ﻫﺮ اﻧﺸﻌﺎب ﻣﻨﻔﺮد ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼت ﻣﺸﺘﺮك وﺟﻮد دارد و ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻻزم‬
‫ ﺣﺘﻲ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ در ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎ در آﻳﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑـﻪ‬/‫و‬
‫ ﻧـﺸﺎن داده‬،‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻧﺸﻌﺎب ﺑﻪ ﻛـﺎر آﻳـﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼت ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑـﺮاي ﻣـﻮارد ذﻳـﻞ ﻧـﺸﺎن داده‬6-9
9.6 Isolation facilities shall be indicated for:
: ‫ﺷﻮد‬
- finger areas;
‫ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻫﺎي اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ؛‬-
- process Unit block areas;
‫ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﻫﺎي واﺣﺪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي؛‬-
- at position of change from pipe rack to pipe
rack.
‫ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ از ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ؛‬‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﺖ از ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬7-9
9.7 The finger area is defined as being the area that
serves a particular process area which may consist
of one or more process Units. In addition to the
equipment that is located alongside the finger pipe
rack, the finger area also includes the equipment
located alongside the main pipe rack.
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ وﻳـﮋه‬.‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ وﻳﮋه ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻋـﻼوه ﺑـﺮ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨـﺪ واﺣـﺪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨـﺪي ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻮﻃـﻪ‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ در اﻣﺘـﺪاد ﭘﺎﻳـﻪ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ اﻧﮕـﺸﺘﻲ‬
‫اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ در اﻣﺘﺪاد ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﺻـﻠﻲ‬
.‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤـﻮي ﭼﻴـﺪه‬8-9
9.8 Utility Flow Diagram shall be arranged to
cover the whole refinery/plant area and these are
‫ﭘﺎﻻﻳـﺸﮕﺎه را ﭘﻮﺷـﺶ داده و ﺑـﻪ‬/‫ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﺎﺣﻴـﻪ ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧـﻪ‬
45
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
divided into separate sheets each with
corresponding match lines. Depending on the
complexity and extent of the particular
utility/common facility, sheets may be combined,
extended or omitted as required.
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﺠﺰا ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮد ﻛـﻪ ﻫـﺮ ﺻـﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﻄـﻮط ﻫﻤﺘـﺎ را‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﮔﻲ و وﺳﻌﺖ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼت ﻣـﺸﺘﺮك‬.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺻـﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﻤﻜـﻦ اﺳـﺖ در ﺻـﻮرت‬،‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ وﻳﮋه‬
.‫ اداﻣﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺣﺬف ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻟﺰوم ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
9.9 All equipment that is supplying a particular
utility common facility either from the system
(e.g., steam boilers) or from a process Unit (e.g.,
waste heat boilers) shall be shown in a "box" in
geographical location. This "box" shall give
relevant equipment number(s), Unit number and
sheet number of the drawing in which the
equipment is detailed.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺗـﺴﻬﻴﻼت ﻣـﺸﺘﺮك ﺳـﺮوﻳﺲﻫـﺎي‬9-9
ً‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ را ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨـﺪ ﭼـﻪ از ﻳـﻚ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ )ﻣـﺜﻼ‬
‫دﻳﮕﻬـــﺎي ﺑﺨـــﺎر( و ﻳـــﺎ از ﻳـــﻚ واﺣـــﺪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨـــﺪي )ﻣﺎﻧﻨـــﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪه ﺣﺮارت( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ ﻛـﺎدر ﻣـﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎدر ﻣـﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ‬.‫در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺟﻐﺮاﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ اش ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره واﺣﺪ و ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎره )ﻫﺎ( ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ‬،‫اي ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در آن داده ﺷﺪه‬
10.
ABBREVIATIONS
/
GRAPHICAL
SYMBOLS / IDENTIFICATIONS
‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ‬/‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬/‫ اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات‬-10
10.1 Graphical symbols presented in Appendix A
shall be used throughout the Oil, Gas and
Petrochemical projects in order to establish
uniform symbols for equipment, piping and
instrumentation on P&IDs and UFDs. This
includes also Vendor drawings with the same
purpose.
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬1-10
‫ ﮔﺎز و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴـﺮد ﺗـﺎ‬،‫ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ و‬،‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ اﻳﺠــﺎد‬UFDs ‫ و‬P&IDs ‫ادوات اﺑــﺰار دﻗﻴــﻖ در ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫــﺎي‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪف ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬
.‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻧـﺸﺎن داده ﺷـﺪه ﺑـﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات‬2-10
10.2 The graphical symbols shown for equipment
may be turned or mirrored, if their meaning does
not depend on the orientation. The representation
of some graphical symbols (i.e., columns, vessels,
etc.) can be adjusted to the actual scale with
respect to the process plant.
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮم آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ از ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬.‫ﭼﺮﺧﻴﺪه و ﻳﺎ ﻗﺮﻳﻨﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻇﺮوف و ﻏﻴـﺮه( را ﻣـﻲ ﺗـﻮان ﺑـﻪ ﻧـﺴﺒﺖ اﻧـﺪازه‬،‫)ﻣﺜﻼً ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬
.‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ در واﺣﺪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺣـﺴﺐ ﻧﻴـﺎز و ﻳـﺎ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻳﻜﻨـﻮاﺧﺘﻲ ﺑـﺎ‬.‫ﻧﻮع ﻣﺪرك ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺪارك ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
The instrumentation symbol size may vary
accordingly as required and as per type of
document. However, consistency should be
followed in all similar documents.
،‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-10
10.3 For complete equipment codes, instrument
identification and instrumentation legends,
reference should be made to IPS-E-PR-308,
"Numbering System".
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ و اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
.‫ " ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري " ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬IPS-E-PR-308 ‫ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎي‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫـﺎي ادوات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ‬4-10
10.4 For all instrumentation symbols, logic
diagrams, loop diagrams and graphical symbols
not shown in this Standard and/or in IPS-E-PR308, reference should be made to the latest revision
of the following ISA standards:
‫ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻪ )ﻟﻮپ( و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬،‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻧﺸﺪه‬IPS-E-PR-308 ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد و ﻳﺎ‬
:‫ زﻳﺮ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﻮد‬ISA ‫آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬S5.1
S5.1 Instrumentation Symbols and Identification
S5.2Binary
Operations
S5.3Graphical
Logic
Diagrams
Symbols
for
Process
‫ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ دوﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬S5.2
Distributed
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳـﺸﮕﺮ‬/‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل ﮔـﺴﺘﺮده‬S5.3
for
46
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
Control/Shared Display Instrumentation, Logic and
Computer Systems
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي راﻳﺎﻧﻪ اي و ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ‬،‫ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺷﺮاﻛﺘﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬S5.4
S5.4 Instrument Loop Diagrams
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬S5.5
S5.5 Graphic Symbols for Process Displays
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت و ﺗﻮاﻟﻲ اﻋﻼم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬S18.1
S18.1 Annunciator Sequences and Specs
‫ ﺳﺎزﮔﺎري ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ ﺑﺮاي ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴـﻚ‬S50.1
‫اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
S50.1 Compatibility of Analogue Signals for
Electronic Industrial Process Instruments
‫ اﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎت ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬S51.1
S51.1 Process Instrumentation Terminology
IPS-E- ‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺑﺮاي اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬5-10
10.5 Reference should be made to IPS-E-PR-308,
"Numbering System"
for the following
requirements:
:‫ "ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري" ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬PR-308
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و ادوات اﺑـﺰار‬،‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬-
- Numbering of all Equipment, Piping and
instrumentation.
.‫دﻗﻴﻖ‬
- Unit Identification Number.
.‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ واﺣﺪ‬.(‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات )آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬-
- Equipment Category Symbol (Equipment
Codes).
.‫ ﺣﺮوف ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬-
- Instrumentation Identification Letters.
.‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت ﺣﺮوف ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬-
- Instrumentation Typical Letter Combinations.
.‫ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻜﺎري و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬،‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ رﻧﮓ آﻣﻴﺰي‬-
- Painting, Insulation and Heat Tracing
Designation.
- Electrical Equipment Category Code.
.‫ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬-
- System Distinction and Equipment Category
Code for Communication Equipment.
‫ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ و آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت‬
- Drawing Serial Number.
.‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻣﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬-
- Fluid Abbreviation Symbols.
.‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺧﺘﺼﺎر ﺳﻴﺎل‬-
- Building Drawing Categories.
.‫ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬-
- Definition of Nominal Size.
.‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ‬‫ واﺣــﺪﻫﺎي ﺑــﺴﺘﻪاي ﺑــﻪ آﻧﻬــﺎﺋﻲ اﻃ ـﻼق ﻣﻴــﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻛــﻪ‬6-10
10.6 Package Units are referred to a combination
of completely prefabricated equipment with their
accessories on a skidframe or delivered as
prefabricated components for further field erection.
Such Units are generally tagged with the letter "P".
The extent of a package is shown in a box with
lines. The tag numbers of the individual equipment
and instrumentation inside a package shall be
given within the package Units (see IPS-E-PR-308
for Numbering Procedure).
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻲ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻴﺶ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪه ﺑـﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ روي ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ و ﻳــﺎ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺷـﺪه ﺑــــﻪ‬
.‫ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺶ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪه ﺑـﺮاي ﻧـﺼﺐ در ﻣﺤـﻞ‬
.‫" ﺑﺮﭼـﺴﺐ زده ﻣﻴـﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬P" ‫اﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑـﺎ ﻛﻠﻤـﻪ‬
‫اداﻣﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ در ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎدر ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ و ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺧﻄـﻮط ﻧـﺸﺎن‬
‫ ﺷـﻤﺎره ﺑﺮﭼـﺴﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات ﻣﺠـﺰا و ادوات اﺑـﺰار‬.‫داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫دﻗﻴﻖ داﺧﻞ ﺑـﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ در داﺧـﻞ ﺷـﻤﺎره ﺑـﺴﺘﻪ داده ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‬
.(‫ ﺑﺮاي روش ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري‬IPS-E-PR-308 ‫)رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜـﺎر‬7-10
10.7 Appropriate graphical symbol should be
provided by the Contractor for any special feature
‫ﭘﺲ از ﺗﺄﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
47
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
not shown in Appendix A, upon the Company’s
approval.
.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
11. PREPARATION OF P&I DIAGRAMS
P&ID ‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎت ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬-11
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-11
11.1 General
‫ داراي ﻣﻘـﺎدﻳﺮ ﻣﺘﻨـﺎﺑﻬﻲ از‬P&ID ‫از آﻧﺠﺎﺋﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎي‬
‫ ﺑـﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ و وﻳـﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬـﺎ‬،‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧـﻪ ﻫـﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫داراي اﺛﺮات زﻳﺎدي ﺑﺮ ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﻌﺪي ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷـﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻪ ﺣـﺪاﻗﻞ رﺳـﺎﻧﺪن وﻳـﺮاﻳﺶ ﻫـﺎ و اﺟﺘﻨـﺎب از‬
P&ID ‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﺿـﺮوري ﻣﺮاﺣـﻞ ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎي‬
P&ID ‫ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ زﻳﺮ ﺑـﺮاي ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎي‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
،‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ اداﻣـﻪ ﻣﻴﻴﺎﺑـﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ را ﻣـﻲ ﺗـﻮان‬4 ‫ و‬3 ،2 ‫ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪن اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‬
:‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ داد‬
As the P&I Diagram contain a large amount of
plant design information, its revision will have a
great effect on the subsequent engineering works.
Accordingly for the purpose of minimizing the
revisions and avoiding unnecessary works, the
steps for preparing the P&I Diagrams shall be
established. The following steps should be realized
in preparing the P&I Diagrams. Upon the
information which can be prepared as engineering
work proceeds, steps 2, 3 and 4 may be combined
or extended to more steps as required.
P&ID ‫ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬1 ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
Step 1 Preparatory Step for Preparation of the P&I
Diagrams
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮوع ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬2 ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
Step 2 P&I Diagrams for Engineering Start
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬3 ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
Step 3 P&I Diagrams for Piping Layout
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬4 ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
Step 4 P&I Diagrams for Piping Drawings
Step 5 P&I Diagrams for Construction
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬5 ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
Step 6 P&I Diagrams As-built
‫ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬6 ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ اﻣﺘﻴـﺎز ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ ﺷـﺪه‬P&ID ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮد و ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜـﺎر‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ را دارد‬P&I ‫اﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬
‫داﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﺮح وﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ اﻣﺘﻴﺎز و ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜـﺎر ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﻗـﺮارداد‬
.‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
In the case where the P&I Diagrams are prepared
by the Licensor, only a part of the abovementioned steps is applied and the main Contractor
shall be responsible to complete the P&IDs
preparation steps. The extent of Licensor’s and
Contractor’s scope of work will be according to
the relevant contracts.
P&IDs ‫ اﺳﺘﻘﺮار ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬2-11
11.2 Establishment of P&IDs Preparation Steps
11.2.1 Step 1, preparatory step for preparation
of P&I diagrams
‫ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬1 ‫ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬1-2-11
Through step 1, the basic design philosophy
concerning those basic items for the preparation of
P&IDs such as mode of indication, applicable
standards, numbering system, valve arrangement
and those other basic items on which agreements
shall be made by the Company prior to the
preparation of the P&ID should be clarified.
The basic items which should be taken into
consideration in step 1 are listed herein below but
should not be limited to the following items:
‫ در ﺑﺎره اﻗﻼم ﭘﺎﻳـﻪ‬،‫ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬1 ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫ از ﻗﺒﻴـــﻞ ﺳـــﺒﻚ ﻧﻤـــﺎﻳﺶ‬P&ID ‫در ﺗﻬﻴـــﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـــﺎي‬
‫ ﭼﻴﺪﻣﺎن ﺷـﻴﺮ و‬،‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﺎرهﮔﺬاري‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي‬
‫ ﻗﺒـﻞ از ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎي‬،‫دﻳﮕﺮ اﻗـﻼم ﭘﺎﻳـﻪ ﺗﻮﺻـﻴﻪ ﻣﻴـﺸﻮد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر روﺷﻦ ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ‬P&ID
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷـﻮد‬1 ‫اﻗﻼم ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫در زﻳﺮ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺤـﺪود ﺑـﻪ اﻗـﻼم‬
:‫زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
P&I
48
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫اﻟﻒ(ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ‬
a) Vellum and drafting
‫ اﻧﺪازه و ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ؛‬-
- Size and vellum of drawing;
‫ ﻋﻨﻮان؛‬-
- Title;
‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ؛‬-
- Drafting;
‫ ﭼﻴﺪﻣﺎن؛‬-
- Arrangement;
- Equipment description;
‫ ﺷﺮح ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات؛‬-
- Interconnection.
.‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ‬‫ب( ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري‬
b) Numbering system
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪ؛‬-
- Drawing No.;
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ؛‬-
- Equipment No.;
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ؛‬-
- Instrument tag No.;
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺧﻂ؛‬-
- Line No.
‫ج( ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
c) Symbol
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ؛‬-
- Equipment;
- Piping components;
‫ اﺟﺰاء ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ؛‬-
- Instrument symbol;
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ؛‬‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي؛‬-
- Process stream symbol;
- Utility symbol.
. ‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬‫د( آراﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﺮاف ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
d) Valve arrangement around equipment
‫ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن؛‬،‫ آراﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬-
- Valve arrangement for drain, vent and purge;
‫ آراﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺨﺎر زﻧﻲ؛‬-
- Valve arrangement for steam-out;
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ؛‬-
- Sizes of the nozzles for installing the
instruments;
‫ آراﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﺮاف ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ و ﻣﺒﺪل؛‬-
- Valve arrangement around the heater and
exchanger;
- Valve arrangement around the pump and
compressor;
‫ آراﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﺮاف ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ و ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر؛‬-
- Valve arrangement around the steam turbine.
‫ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﺮاف ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺎر؛‬‫ﻫ( ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬
e) Piping
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ؛‬-
- Piping classification standards;
‫ آراﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﺮ در ﻣﺮز واﺣﺪ؛‬-
- Valve arrangement at the battery limit;
‫ ﺗﻤﻴـﺰ ﻛـﺮدن‬،‫ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬،‫ آراﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬-
- Valve arrangement for drain, vent, purge and
steam-out on piping;
‫ﺑﺨﺎر زﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ؛‬
- Valve arrangement around the steam trap;
‫ آراﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﺮاف ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر؛‬-
- Valve arrangement around the sample
point/sample connections;
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ؛‬/‫ آراﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﺮاف ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي‬-
49
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ؛‬-
- Blow-down;
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ؛‬/‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع ﺷﻴﺮ‬-
- Valve type selection criteria/standards;
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع ﺻﺎﻓﻲ؛‬-
- Strainer type selection standards;
.‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎر اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺮدن ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬-
- Pipe line sizing criteria.
‫و( ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
f) Instrumentation
‫ آراﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﺮاف ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل؛‬‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ؛‬/‫ آراﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﺮاف ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬‫ آراﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﺮاف اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ؛‬-
- Valve arrangement around the control valve;
- Valve arrangement around the safety/relief
valve;
- Valve arrangement around other instruments;
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ؛‬‫ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل راﻳﺎﻧﻪاي؛‬-
- Instrument type selection standards;
- Mode of indication concerning computer
control;
.DCS ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰاري و اراﻳﻪ‬-
- Software linkage and DCS presentation.
‫ز( ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬
g) Miscellaneous
‫ ﺣﺮارت دﻫﻲ زﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺣﺮارت‬‫ ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺨﺎر‬‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪﻫﺎي زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓﺖ آب‬‫ﻛﺴﺐ ﻳـﻚ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼـﻪ و داﺷـﺘﻦ رواﺑـﻂ‬
‫ و روﺷـﻦ ﻛـﺮدن ﻧﻜـﺎت‬،‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺐ ﺑـﻴﻦ واﺣـﺪﻫﺎ‬
(‫ ﺗﻮﻗـﻒ‬،‫ ﻧﺮﻣﺎل‬،‫اﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي در ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت )راه اﻧﺪازي‬
‫ ﺑـﺎ ﻧـﺸﺎن دادن در‬،‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و دﻳﮕـﺮ ﻣﺸﺨـﺼﻪﻫـﺎي واﺣـﺪ‬
.‫( ﻗﺎﺑــﻞ ﺣــﺼﻮل اﺳــﺖ‬PFD) ‫ﻧﻤــﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳــﺎن ﻓﺮآﻳﻨــﺪي‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت‬،‫درﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻧﺸﻮد ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي داد‬
‫ اﻗﻼﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎت را ﻛﺎﻣـﻞ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﻧـﺸﺎن داده‬P&ID ‫ﻧﻤﻮده و روي ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
‫ﺷﻮد ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ وﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﻣﺤـﺪود ﺑـﻪ آﻧﻬـﺎ )ﻫﺮﺟـﺎ‬
:‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
- Winterizing and heat conservation;
- Recovery of steam condensate;
- Disposal of drains and waste water effluent.
For the purpose of obtaining a unified design
philosophy and appropriate design relations
among the Units, the illustrated process
considerations concerning operation (start-up,
normal, shut-down), Safety and other features
of the Unit shall be achieved by indicating on
the Process Flow Diagram (PFD). Where it
does not suffice to give more illustrations,
additional brief written explanations shall be
provided. The items which should be covered
to complete the design and operation
philosophy and shown on P&ID (as required)
shall include but not be limited to the
following requirements (where applicable):
‫( ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﺶ راه اﻧﺪازي و راه اﻧﺪازي‬1
1) Precommissioning and start-up operations
‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن؛‬‫ ﮔﺎز زداﻳﻲ؛‬-
- Flushing;
- Purging;
- Soda washing(where required);
‫(؛‬.‫ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮدا )ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ؛‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧﻲ؛‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ؛‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن؛‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺎ آب؛‬
‫ﮔﺮدش ﺳﺮد؛‬
- Chemical cleaning;
- Steaming-out;
- Evacuation;
- Drying;
- Water operation;
- Cold circulation;
50
-
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
- Hot circulation;
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﮔﺮدش ﮔﺮم؛‬،‫ ﭘﻴﺶ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ از ﻗﺒﻴـﻞ ﺳـﻮﻟﻔﻮره ﻛـﺮدن‬‫اﺣﻴﺎ ﻛﺮدن و ﻏﻴﺮه؛‬
‫ ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺧﻮراك؛‬.‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﺮآورده ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬-
- Catalyst pretreating such as sulfiding,
reduction, etc.;
- Feed cut-in;
- Off-spec. product handling.
‫( ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻧﺮﻣﺎل‬2
2) Normal operation
‫ﺛﺒﺎتﻫﺎ و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻧﻘﺎط؛‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ آﻧﺎﻻﻳﺰر در ﺧﻂ؛‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي و ﻧﻮع آن؛‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر؛‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﮔﺮداﻧﻨﺪه؛‬
- Recorder and indicator points;
- Stream analyzer point;
- Sampling point and type;
- Control valve block and bypass;
- Driver type;
- Chemical injection point and types of
chemical;
-
‫ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و اﻧﻮاع ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ؛‬‫ ﺷﺮوع از ﻣﺤﻞ؛‬‫ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣـﻮرد ﻧﻴـﺎز ﺑـﺮاي‬.‫ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬/‫ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺎزي و‬
- Batch operation;
- Local start;
- Instrumentation and control system needed
for optimization and/or process control.
‫( ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬3
3) Shut-Down operation
‫ﻓﺸﺎر زادﻳﻲ؛‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮراك؛‬
‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﺳﺎزي؛‬
‫ﮔﺎز زداﻳﻲ؛‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧﻲ و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن؛‬
‫ﻛﻚ زداﻳﻲ؛‬
‫اﺣﻴﺎء ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ؛‬
- Depressuring;
- Feed cut-out;
- Cooling;
- Purging;
- Steaming-out and flushing;
- Decoking;
- Catalyst regeneration.
-
‫( ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬4
4) Safety operation
‫ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ؛‬/‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل؛‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻫﺸﺪار؛‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﺿﻄﺮاري؛‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ؛‬/‫ﺷﺮوع ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
- Location of safety/relief valves;
- Failure action of control valves;
- Prealarm system;
-Emergency shut-down system;
-Auto start of equipment/system.
-
‫ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎت آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺧﻄﺮ و ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺗﻲ )در ﺻـﻮرت‬HAZOP ‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜــﺎر ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌــﺎت‬:‫ ﻳــﺎدآوري‬.(‫وﺟــﻮد‬
‫)ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺨﻮاﻫـﺪ( را ﺑـﺎ اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎي‬
‫ و ﻧﻘــﺸﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﻤــﺎﻳﻲ واﺣــﺪﻫﺎ ﺑــﻪ اﻧــﻀﻤﺎم‬P&ID ‫ و‬PFD
‫ﺑﺮﮔﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜــﺎر ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ اﻃﻼﻋــﺎت‬.‫ اﻧﺠــﺎم دﻫــﺪ‬،‫اﻳﻤﻨــﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃــﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺰارﺷﺎت ﺣﻮادث ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ در واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي در دﻧﻴﺎ را‬
-Results of hazard analysis and operability
(HAZOP) study (if any). Note: Contractor
shall perform the HAZOP study (if required
by the owner) using PFD, P&ID and plot plan
together with equipment data sheets and
related safety equipment checklist. Contractor
shall provide information about the reported
accidents in similar process units in the world
51
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
.‫ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬HAZOP ‫در ﺟﻠﺴﺎت‬
P&ID ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺻﺪور وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ رﺳـﻤﻲ ﻧﻤـﻮدار‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ اﻗـﻼم ﭘﺎﻳـﻪ ﺑـﺮاي‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮوع ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ و ﺗﻤــﺎم ﻣﺸﺨــﺼﻪ ﻫــﺎي ﻻزم ﺑــﺮاي‬P&ID ‫ﺗﻬﻴــﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫــﺎي‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت و اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺎﻣﺒﺮده ﺷﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺮور‬
.‫و ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ آﻣﺎده ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
during HAZOP meetings.
The Contractor should prepare both the draft of the
basic items for preparation of the P&ID and all
necessary operation and safety features as
mentioned above to Company’s review and
approval before issuance of official revision of
P&ID for engineering start.
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮوع ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬P&ID‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬،2 ‫ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬2-2-11
11.2.2 Step 2, P&ID for engineering start
The following information as minimum
requirement shall be reviewed and completed at
this stage:
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﺮور‬
:‫و ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫( ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬1
1) Equipment
‫ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات؛‬‫ ﻧﻮع ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات؛‬‫ ﺷﻤﺎره و ﻧﺎم ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات؛‬-
- Number of equipment;
- Type of equipment;
- Equipment No. and name.
‫( ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬2
2) Piping
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ اﺻﻠﻲ؛‬‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ؛‬/ ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺣﺮارت دﻫﻲ زﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‬‫ ﻧﻮع ﺷﻴﺮ؛‬‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ؛‬‫ ﺗﺰرﻳـﻖ‬،‫ ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧﻲ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺎز زداﻳﻲ‬‫ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ و آب؛‬
- Size of main piping;
- Winterizing/heat conservation requirement;
- Valve type;
- Provision of drain and vent;
- Provision of purge, steam-out, chemical
injection and water injection connections and
valving;
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺧﻂ؛‬‫ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻛـﺸﻲ و‬،‫ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ اي؛‬
- line No.;
- Utility services connected to each equipment,
piping and packaged Unites.
‫( ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬3
3) Instrumentation
- Type of instrument and location of the
primary element;
‫ ﻧﻮع اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و ﻣﺤﻞ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ اوﻟﻴﻪ آن؛‬-
- Location and discharge destination of the
safety/relief valve;
‫ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ؛‬/‫ ﻣﺤﻞ و ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬-
- Location, type and valve functioning (failure
action) of the control valve;
‫ ﻣﺤﻞ و ﻧﻮع و ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺷﻴﺮ )ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ( ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل؛‬‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي و روش ﻛﻨﺘﺮل؛‬‫ ﺷﻤﺎره اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ؛‬-
- Measurement and control method;
- Instrument tag No.
The draft of the P&ID for engineering start shall be
sent to the Company’s review. After the joint
meeting between the Company and Contractor, the
P&ID for engineering start can be officially issued
based on the established Company’s comments as
per the agreed items mentioned in the relevant
minutes of meeting.
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮوع ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳـﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺮاي‬P&ID ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻳﻚ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﺑـﻴﻦ‬.‫ﻣﺮور ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
ً‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮوع ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ رﺳﻤﺎ‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬،‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ و ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﻧﻈﺮات ﺷﺮﻛﺖ و ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ در ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻓـﻮق‬
.‫ ﺻﺎدر ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد‬،‫ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه‬
52
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎﻧﻤــﺎﻳﻲ‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤــﻮدار‬،3 ‫ ﻣﺮﺣــﻠﻪ‬3-2-11
11.2.3 Step 3, P&ID for piping layout
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎﻧﻤـﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻛـﺸﻲ‬P&ID ‫ﻫﺪف از ﺻﺪور ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
.‫ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در اﻳـﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠـﻪ‬P&ID ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻧﻤـﻮدار‬
:‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬
The purpose of issuing the P&ID for piping layout
is the Company’s approval on the basis of detailed
design for piping layout.
The minimum information which should be added
on the P&ID at this stage shall be as follows:
‫( ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬1
1) Equipment
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات؛‬‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات؛‬‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات؛‬-
- Elevation of equipment;
- Size of equipment;
- Internal of equipment.
‫( ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬2
2) Piping
‫ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺧﻂ؛‬‫ اﻧﺪازه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ )ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از اﻃﺮاف ﺷـﻴﺮ‬‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل(؛‬/‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬
‫ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻜﺎري ﺳﺮد و ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ؛‬‫ اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ در ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ؛‬‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ اﻃﺮاف ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات؛‬-
- Line class;
- Miscellaneous piping size (except around the
safety/relief valve and control valve);
- Thermal and cold insulation;
- Precautions concerning piping layout;
- Correct orientation of piping around
equipment.
‫( ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬3
3) Instrumentation
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل اﺻﻠﻲ؛‬.‫ اﺿﺎﻓﺎت و اﺻﻼﺣﺎت ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‬-
- Size of main control valves;
- Additions and revisions on the basis of
detailed design.
‫( واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ اي ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬4
4) Vendor’s packaged units
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧـﺸﺎن داده‬،‫ ﺷﺮح ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
- The details of some available information
concerning the Vendors shall be indicated.
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫــــﺎي‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬،4 ‫ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬4-2-11
11.2.4 Step 4, P&ID for piping drawings
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬
‫ اﺿـﺎﻓﻪ‬P&IDs ‫در اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻳـﺮ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻧﻤـﻮدار‬
:‫ﺷﻮد‬
The following information shall be added on the
P&IDs at this stage:
1) Piping
‫( ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬1
- Piping around the safety/relief valve and
control valve;
‫اﻳﻤﻨــﻲ و ﺷــﻴﺮ‬/‫ ﻟﻮﻟــﻪ ﻛــﺸﻲ اﻃــﺮاف ﺷــﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨــﺎن‬‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل؛‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ؛‬‫ ﻣﺮور ﻣﺠﺪد اﻧﺪازه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و اﻧﺸﻌﺎﺑﺎت ﺑـﺎ ﺑﺮرﺳـﻲ‬‫ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ؛‬
.(‫ ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻚ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ )ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و اﺟﺮاي ﻧﻜﺎت ﺿﺮوري‬-
- Size of all valves;
- Additional review of the pipe size and
branch by the checking of the piping layout;
- Hydraulic of system (checking
implementation of the necessary notes).
and
53
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫( ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬2
2) Instrumentation
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ؛‬/‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬‫ اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل؛‬‫ ﺷﺮ ح ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻤﻴﺘﺮﻫﺎ و اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ؛‬-
- Sizes of the safety/relief valves;
- Sizes of the control valves;
- Details concerning level transmitters and
level gages
- Logic diagram for heaters, incinerators,
compressors, and all other main equipment
(where applicable).
،‫ آﺷـﻐﺎل ﺳـﻮزﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬(.‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ و دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺻﻠﻲ )ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي دارد‬
- Consequences of details of cause and effect
tables.
.‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺪﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاول ﺳﺒﺐ و ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬‫( اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬3
3) Vendor’s information
‫ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻻزم ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ از ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧـﺸﺎن‬.‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
- The necessary information concerning the
Vendors equipment shall be indicated.
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬،5 ‫ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬5-2-11
11.2.5 Step 5, P&ID for construction
‫ در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اي ﻛـﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ ﺗﻔـﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻧﺰدﻳـﻚ ﺑـﻪ‬1-5-2-11
11.2.5.1 At a stage where detailed design has been
nearly completed, upon approval of the Company,
the P&ID shall be frozen for the purpose of
smooth execution of the construction work.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤـﻮدار‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤـﺾ ﺗﺎﺋﻴـﺪ ﺷـﺮﻛﺖ‬،‫ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ )ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ( ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮان اﺟﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻧﺼﺐ را‬
.‫ﺑﻪ راﺣﺘﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم داد‬
‫ ﺑــﺮاي ﺳـﺎﺧﺖ ﭘـﺲ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴـﻞ‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬2-5-2-11
11.2.5.2 The P&ID shall be issued for construction
after completion of the following activities:
:‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺻﺎدر ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ اﺟﻨﺎس ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ؛‬-
- Piping material table;
job
‫ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻛﺎر ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ؛‬-
- All job specifications and standard drawings
in relation to the preparation of P&ID;
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻛﺎر و ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد در راﺑﻄـﻪ‬-
-Piping class
specifications;
and
all
relevant
‫؛‬P&ID ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺻﻠﻲ؛‬-
- Logic diagram of the main equipment;
‫ ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻚ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ؛‬-
- Hydraulic of system;
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ و اﺟـﺰاء ادوات اﺑـﺰار‬،‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺗﻤﺎم ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻫﺎ‬‫دﻗﻴﻖ؛‬
- Size of all piping, valves and instrumentation
components;
.‫ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬-
- Vendor’s information.
(‫ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﭘـﺲ از ﻏﻴـﺮ ﻗﺎﺑـﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴـﺮ)ﻣﻨﺠﻤـﺪ‬3-5-2-11
11.2.5.3 Absolutely, required revisions after
freezing of the P&ID shall be made only by
conducting of design activities using the relevant
field sketches and executing the required
modifications approved by the Company. This is
applicable to revisions called for at the design
department. The frozen P&ID shall not be revised.
‫ ﻗﻄﻌ ـﺎً ﻣــﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ اﻧﺠــﺎم ﮔﻴــﺮد ﻛــﻪ‬P&ID ‫ﺷــﺪن ﻧﻤــﻮدار‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و اﻧﺠﺎم ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫـﺎي‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد در ارﺗﺒـﺎط‬.‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ و ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ﺷﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
54
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬،6 ‫ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬6-2-11
11.2.6 Step 6, P&ID as-built
‫ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬1-6-2-11
11.2.6.1 The P&ID as-built shall be prepared upon
completion of the project for filing and submission
to the Company. Since the P&ID is intended for
use in conducting operation control, maintenance
or revamping, therefore, the prepared drawings
shall be entirely in conformity with the completed
facilities.
‫ از‬.‫ﺷﺪن ﭘﺮوژه ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎﻳﮕﺎﻧﻲ و واﮔﺬاري ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔـﺮدد‬
،‫ ﺑــﺮاي اﺟــﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘــﺮل ﻋﻤﻠﻴــﺎت‬P&ID ‫آﻧﺠــﺎﺋﻲ ﻛــﻪ ﻧﻤــﻮدار‬
‫ ﻟـﺬا‬،‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﻴﻨـﻪ ﺳـﺎزي ﻣـﻮرد اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده ﻗـﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴـﺮد‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﻧﻄﺒﺎق ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻋـﻴﻦ ﺳـﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻃﺒـﻖ ﻧﺘـﺎﻳﺞ‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬2-6-2-11
11.2.6.2 The P&ID as-built shall be prepared in
accordance with the results of line checking and
the final edition of the field sketches.
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺧﻂ و آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ )ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﻞ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻫـﺎ واﻧـﺸﻌﺎﺑﺎت ﻣـﺸﺨﺺ‬3-6-2-11
11.2.6.3 The specified piping and instrument takeoff and branch points shall be observed as strictly
as possible and shall be implemented on the P&ID.
Although bearing no relationship to piping layout,
none of the flange, cap, drain pot, spectacle blind
and other miscellaneous piping designed for
installation at the ends of the drain and vent
required for operational purposes shall be omitted.
‫ ﺑـﻪ‬P&ID ‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻲاﻻﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر و در ﻧﻤـﻮدار‬
‫ ﺑــﺎ وﺟــﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷــﺘﻦ راﺑﻄــﻪ اي ﺑــﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﻤــﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫ﻛــﺎر ﺑــﺮده ﺷــﻮد‬
‫ ﺻـﻔﺤﺎت‬،‫ ﭼﺎﻟـﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ‬،‫ درﭘـﻮش‬،‫ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ‬،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺪودﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻋﻴﻨﻜﻲ و ﻳـﺎ دﻳﮕـﺮ ﻣـﻮارد ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗـﻪ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻛـﺸﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺧﻂ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻧـﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻳـﺪه اﻧـﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺴﺘﻲ‬
.‫ﺣﺬف ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺤﻮه ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﺗﺤﺖ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ‬3-11
11.3 Handling of Licensed Process
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ ﻳﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ ﺷﺮح ﻛـﺎر ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜـﺎر ﺑـﺮاي‬،‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑـﻪ ﻧـﻮع ﻗـﺮارداد ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺻـﺎﺣﺐ‬P&ID ‫ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
.‫ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ و ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‬
Where a licensed process or basic design should be
prepared by a Licenser, the Contractor’s scope of
work concerning the completion of the P&ID will
be dependent on the type of contract with the
Licenser and Contractor.
‫ ﻗﺮارداد ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬1-3-11
11.3.1 Licensing contract via the contractor
In this case, the Contractor and the Licenser jointly
and severally shall give a process performance
guarantee to the Company.
‫در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر و ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺸﺘﺮك و‬
.‫ﺗﻀﺎﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ را ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
11.3.1.1 Case 1, licenser prepares P&ID
‫ را‬P&ID ‫ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬،‫ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اول‬1-1-3-11
.‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌـﺎدل‬P&ID ‫ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ" در اﻳـﻦ اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬P&ID ‫"ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
‫ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ داراي ﺗﻤـﺎم ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﻪ ﻫـﺎي ﻣﺮﺑـﻮط ﺑـﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣـــﻲ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻋﻤﺪﺗﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي زﻳـﺮ را اﻧﺠـﺎم‬.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫دﻫﺪ‬
The P&ID supplied by the Licenser shall be
equivalent to the " P&ID for piping layout" given
in this Standard, and shall contain all design
philosophies concerning process. The Contractor
shall carry out mainly the following activities:
‫ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺻــﺎﺣﺐ‬P&ID ‫ ﻗﺒــﻞ از ﺷــﺮوع ﺗﻬﻴــﻪ ﻧﻤــﻮدار‬-
- Prior to the Licenser’s commencing the
preparation of P&ID, the Contractor shall
establish the basic items for the preparation of
the P&ID as per Article 11.2.1 above and shall
submit to the Company for approval. The
Licenser should prepare the P&ID based on
the above mentioned items;
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ اﻗـﻼم ﭘﺎﻳـﻪ ﺑـﺮاي ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ ﻧﻤـﻮدار‬،‫ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ‬
‫ ﺑــﺎﻻ را ﺑــﺮاي ﺗــﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺑــﻪ‬1-2-11 ‫ ﻃﺒــﻖ ﺑﻨــﺪ‬P&ID
‫ را ﺑـﺮ‬P&ID ‫ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬.‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﻓﻮق اﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮد؛‬
55
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ و راﻫﻨﻤـﺎﻳﻲ ﻫـﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺗﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬P&ID ‫ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬‫ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎزﻧﮕﺮي در‬،‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻴـﺸﻮد‬
‫ اﻧﻄﺒﺎق ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ واﺣﺪ و‬،‫ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬،‫ﺧﺼﻮص ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻮدن‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮه اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد؛‬
‫ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ اﻗﻼم‬P&ID ‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬‫ و داده ﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ‬P&ID ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ؛‬
‫ ﻣﺮور ﻛﻠﻲ و ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﺮوژه؛‬-
- Based on the P&ID and operational guides
prepared by the Licenser, review shall be
made with regard to operability, safety,
conformity to design of the Unit, etc.;
- Checking of the above-mentioned P&ID
against the basic items for preparing the P&ID
and relevant design data;
- General review and checking of the drawings
against the project requirements;
‫ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﻣـﻮارد اﺷـﺎره ﺷـﺪه در‬‫ ﺻـﺎﺣﺐ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻻ در ﻳﻚ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﺑﺎ ﺻـﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻴـﺴﺎﻧﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻴــﺴﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ ﺗﻤــﺎم ﻧﻘﻄــﻪ ﻧﻈــﺮات ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳــﻲ ﺿــﺮوري‬
‫ ﺗﺠﺪﻳـﺪ ﻧﻈـﺮ ﺷـﺪه را‬P&ID ‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر را اﻧﺠﺎم و ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
‫ﺻﺎدر ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ؛‬
‫ اﻗﻼم زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺮور ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜـﺎر در ﻧﻤـﻮدار‬‫ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺻـﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻴـﺴﺎﻧﺲ آورده‬P&ID
:‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺮور ﻛﺮدن ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ در ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻚ ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ‬‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ؛‬
- Establishing the result of above-mentioned
checking and reviews in a joint meeting with
the Licenser. The Licenser should implement
all necessary Contractor’s engineering
comments and issue the revised P&ID;
- The following items of review shall be made
by the Contractor on the revised P&ID by the
Licenser:
- Review in accordance with the results of
detailed design hydraulic review;
- Review in accordance with the results of
detailed design;
‫ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ؛‬-
- Review on the basis of information
concerning vendors.
.‫ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬-
The Licenser’s approval should be obtained on any
revision which should be made during the
execution of the abovementioned reviews by the
Contractor, if it is expected to have an effect on the
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺗﺄﻳﻴـﺪ ﺻـﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻴـﺴﺎﻧﺲ در ﺑـﺎره ﻫـﺮ ﺗﺠﺪﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮي ﻛﻪ در ﻃﻮل اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑـﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﻫـﺎي اﺷـﺎره ﺷـﺪه در ﺑـﺎﻻ‬
،‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر اﻧﺠﺎم و در ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨـﺪ اﺛـﺮ داﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﺴﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬
11.3.1.2 Case 2, the contractor prepares P&ID
‫ را ﺗﻬﻴـــﻪ‬P&ID ‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻧﻤﻮدار‬،2 ‫ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬2-1-3-11
.‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳـﻦ اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ‬11 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺨـﺶ‬P&ID ‫ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
:‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر و ﺑﺎ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
P&ID shall be prepared by the Contractor in
accordance with Section 11 of this Standard and
the following requirements:
- Required sufficient information for the
preparation of the P&ID shall be obtained
from the Licenser;
P&ID ‫ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴـﺎز ﺑـﺮاي ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ ﻧﻤـﻮدار‬-
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻴـﺴﺎﻧﺲ‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬.‫ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي و ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
- The prepared P&ID shall be subject to the
Licenser’s review and approval.
11.3.2 Direct contract between company and
licenser
‫ ﻗﺮارداد ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ و ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ‬2-3-11
In this case, the Licenser shall give a process
performance guarantee to the Company. The
‫ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ‬،‫در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻣﺴﺌﻮل اراﺋـﻪ ﺗـﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫـﺎي‬.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ را ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬
56
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
Contractor will be responsible for hydraulic of
system and mechanical guarantee.
.‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ و ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
11.3.2.1 Case 1, the contractor’s verification is
required
.‫ ﺗﺄﺋﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺿﺮوري ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اول‬1-2-3-11
Usually, the verification is limited to mechanical
and hydraulic matters. However, extent of the
Contractor’s verification should be established in
detail by the Company.
‫ ﺗﺄﺋﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑـــﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﻣﻜـﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﻫﻴــــﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬،ً‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬
‫ ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺣـﺪود ﺗﺄﺋﻴـﺪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜـﺎر ﺗﻮﺻـﻴﻪ ﻣـﻲ ﺷـﻮد ﺑـﺎ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮارد ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮدن‬
For the purpose of conducting verification, the
Contractor shall carry out mainly the following
basic items:
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻـﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛـﻪ در‬P&ID ‫ ﻣﻮارد ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬‫ ﺑﺎﻻ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﺑـﺎ ﺷـﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻬـﺎﻳﻲ‬1-2-11 ‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
P&ID ‫ ﻳـﺎ ﻧﻤـﻮدار‬/‫ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨـﺎي رﻫﻨﻤﻮدﻫـﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺗﻲ و‬‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴـﺎز‬،‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ‬
،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ در راﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨـﺪ‬
.‫ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و دﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
- The basic items for preparation of the P&ID as
mentioned in Article 11.2.1 above shall be
prepared and finalized with the Company;
- The required activities shall be performed to
complete all design philosophies in relation to
the process, operation, safety and other features
based on the operational guides and/or P&ID
prepared by the Licenser;
‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ و ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ آورده ﺷﺪه‬
.‫در ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ از ﻧﻈـﺮ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﻴـﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ و ﺟﺰﺋﻴـﺎت‬P&ID ‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬.‫دادهﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
- P&ID Diagram prepared by the Licenser shall
be checked against the above-mentioned
finalized basic items and design philosophies;
- Checking of P&ID should be performed
against the hydraulic of system and detailed
design data;
- The results of the above-mentioned activities
shall be finalized with the Company and shown
on the P&ID as required;
‫ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ و در ﻧﻤـﻮدار‬.‫ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬P&ID
- Upon the completion of the above-mentioned
items, the required steps for preparation of the
P&ID as outlined in Section 11.2 of this
Standard shall be followed to complete detailed
design activities.
‫ ﻣﺮاﺣـﻞ ﻣـﻮرد ﻧﻴـﺎز ﺑـﺮاي‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻮارد ﻓـﻮق‬‫ اﻳـﻦ‬2-11 ‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛـﻪ در ﻗـﺴﻤﺖ‬P&ID ‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد آﻣـﺪه ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻴـﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴـﺖ ﻫـﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ دﻧﺒﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬
11.3.2.2 Case 2, verification is not required by
contractor
.‫ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺿﺮوري ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،2 ‫ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬2-2-3-11
In this case, the following activities shall be
conducted by the Contractor:
:‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺮا ﮔﺮدد‬،‫در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺮور ﻧﻤﻮدن ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻚ؛‬‫ ﻣﺮور ﻧﻤﻮدن ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ؛‬-
- Review for the detailed hydraulic of system;
- Review for implementation of results of the
detailed design;
‫ ﻣﺮور ﻧﻤﻮدن اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ؛‬-
- Review for information concerning vendors;
- Completion of the P&ID preparation steps as
stipulated in Section 11.2 of this Standard.
‫ ﺑـﻪ ﻧﺤـﻮي ﻛـﻪ در‬P&ID ‫ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤـﻮدار‬.‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد آورده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬2-11 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
57
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
P&ID ‫ اﺻﻼح ﻧﻤﻮدار‬4-11
11.4 Revisions of P&ID
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4-11
11.4.1 General
11 ‫ اﮔﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣـﺎت ﻗـﺴﻤﺖ‬P&ID ‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح ﺷـﺮاﻳﻂ زﻳـﺮ ﻗﺎﺑـﻞ ﺗﺠﺪﻳـﺪ ﻧﻈـﺮ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ؛‬/‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎي ﺗﺎﻳﭙﻲ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ و‬-
Generally P&ID can be revised in the following
conditions if complied with the requirements as
outlined in Section 11 of this Standard:
- For correction of typographical and/or
engineering errors;
‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ دﺳﺘﻮر اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ؛‬-
- As per the Company’s instructions;
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛـﺎر ﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻦ اﻃﻼﻋـﺎت واﺑـﺴﺘﻪ در دوره اﺟـﺮاي ﻛـﺎر‬‫؛‬P&ID ‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ در ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
- Implementation of pertinent information in the
course of execution of the relevant engineering
work on P&ID;
.‫ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮدن اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪﮔﺎن‬-
- Addition of information concerning vendors.
‫ ﺗﺠﺪﻳـﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫـﺎي ﺑﻌـﺪ از ﺻـﺪور‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑـﺎ ﺷـﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ" ﻧﻴﺎزي ﺑـﻪ ﺗﺠﺪﻳـﺪ‬P&ID ‫"ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
‫( "آﮔـﺎه‬NPIC) ‫ ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ و ﻓﻘـﻂ ﺻـﺪور‬P&ID ‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
.‫" ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬P&ID ‫ﺳﺎزي ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
Upon agreement with the Company, revisions
made after the issuance of the " P&ID for piping
layout" may not be needed by directly revising the
P&ID but by issuing the NPIC "Notification of
P&ID Change".
‫ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﻫﺎ‬2-4-11
11.4.2 Revisions
‫ ﺑﺮﺣـﺴﺐ ﺿـﺮورت در ﻫﺮﻳـﻚ از ﻣﺮاﺣـﻞ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬P&ID ‫ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ )ﻫـﺎي( اﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬.‫ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﺑﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻨـﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﻟﺰوﻣـﻲ ﺑـﺮ اﻧﻄﺒـﺎق‬.‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ در زﻣـﺎن اﺻـﻼح‬.‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ و ﺷﻤﺎره وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ وﺟﻮد ﻧـﺪارد‬
‫ ﺻﺎدره ﺗﺎ آن زﻣـﺎن و ﻛﻠﻴـﻪ اﻃﻼﻋـﺎت‬NPIC ، P&ID ‫ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
.‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬P&ID ‫درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ از ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
The P&ID shall be revised depending on necessity
at each step in addition to the required edition(s)
which shall be issued per each step. Accordingly it
does not follow that the step No. and revision No.
coincide with each other. At the time of revising
the P&ID the NPIC issued up to that time and
information concerning vendors obtained up
thereto shall be incorporated on the P&ID.
(NPIC) P&ID ‫ آﮔﺎه ﺳﺎزي ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬3-4-11
11.4.3 NPIC
Issuance of Notification of P&ID Change (NPIC)
and manner of presentation shall be agreed in
advance with the Company. NPIC shall be issued
in a NPIC form finalized with the Company. In
general issuance of NPIC should consider:
‫ و روش اراﺋﻪ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗـﺒﻼً از ﻃـﺮف ﺷـﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘـﻪ‬NPIC
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻓﺮﻣـﺖ ﻧﻬـﺎﻳﻲ ﺷـﺪه ﺑـﺎ ﺷـﺮﻛﺖ‬NPIC .‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
NPIC ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣـﻲ ﺷـﻮد در ﺻـﺪور‬.‫ﺻﺎدر ﮔﺮدد‬
:‫ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫؛‬P&ID ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﺪن وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻤﻮدار‬-
- Minimization of P&ID revisions;
‫ اﺟﺘﻨـــﺎب از اﻧﺒﺎﺷـــﺘﻪ ﺷـــﺪن ﻣﻘـــﺎدﻳﺮ زﻳـــﺎدي از‬‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ در وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﺟﺪﻳـﺪ ﻧﻤـﻮدار‬/‫اﺿﺎﻓﺎت‬
.‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬P&ID
- Not accumulation of a large amount of
additions/changes which should be incorporated
on the new revisions of P&ID.
P&ID ‫ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬5-11
11.5 Approval of P&ID
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﺴﺐ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺮاي اﻗﻼم ﭘﺎﻳـﻪ ﺟﻬـﺖ ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ‬
a) Company’s approval of the basic items for
preparation of P&ID (see Article 11.2.1 above)
shall be obtained prior to commencement of the
P&ID preparation work.
‫ ﺑـﺎﻻ( ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻗﺒـﻞ از‬1-2-11 ‫ )رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬P&ID ‫ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬P&ID ‫ﺷﺮوع ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
58
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
b) The Company’s approval at step 2 " P&ID
for engineering start" shall be obtained
regardless of the cases that P&ID is prepared by
the Contractor or Licenser or both.
‫ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ‬P&ID ‫ب( ﺻــﺮﻓﻨﻈﺮ از ﺣــﺎﻻت ﺗﻬﻴــﻪ ﻧﻤــﻮدار‬
c) Where the P&ID prepared by Licenser has
been reviewed or verified in step 3 " P&ID for
piping layout" by the Contractor, Company’s
approval is needed before any official revision.
‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷـﺪه ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ ﺻـﺎﺣﺐ‬P&ID ‫ج( در ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﺷـﺮﻛﺖ در‬،‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر و ﻳﺎ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮدو‬
‫ ﺑـﺮاي ﺷـﺮوع ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳـﻲ" ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬P&ID ‫ "ﻧﻤﻮدار‬2 ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
.‫ﻛﺴﺐ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ‬P&ID ‫ "ﻧﻤﻮدار‬3 ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﺎﺋﻴـﺪ‬،‫ﻛﺸﻲ" ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻣﺮور و ﻳﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷـﺪه ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻫﺮ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ رﺳﻤﻲ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻳـﺎ‬/‫ ﺣـﺬف و‬،‫ ﺗﺄﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬،‫د( ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ‬
d) In general, Company’s approval is required
for any change, deletion and/or addition on the
P&ID through all steps of "preparation of P&ID
" as outlined in Article 11.2 above except step
6, " P&ID as-built" mentioned in Article 11.2.6.
above.
‫ در ﺗﻤـﺎم ﻃـﻮل ﻣﺮاﺣـﻞ "ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ‬P&ID ‫اﺿـﺎﻓﻪ در ﻧﻤـﻮدار‬
‫ ﺑـﺎﻻ آورده‬2-11 ‫ " ﻫﻤـﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛـﻪ در ﺑﻨـﺪ‬P&ID ‫ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
" P&ID ‫" ﻧﻤـﻮدار ﻋـﻴﻦ ﺳـﺎﺧﺖ‬6 ‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ‬6-2-11 ‫اﺷﺎره ﺷــﺪه در ﺑﻨــﺪ‬
59
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
APPENDICES
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX A
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
ABBREVIATIONS/GRAPHICAL
SYMBOLS/IDENTIFICATIONS
‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ ﻫﺎ‬/‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬/‫اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات‬
A.1 Abbreviations
‫ اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات‬1- ‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.1.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-1- ‫اﻟﻒ‬
:‫ "ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري" ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-E-PR-308 ‫رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬(‫ اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات )آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ‬‫ اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات ﺳﻴﺎل‬‫ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻜﺎري و ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ‬،‫ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪن رﻧﮓ آﻣﻴﺰي‬-
See IPS-E-PR-308, "Numbering System" for:
- Instrumentation identifications;
- Equipment abbreviations (codes);
- Fluid abbreviations;
- Painting, insulation
designations.
and
heat
tracing
‫ " اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﺑـﺮاي‬IPS-D-AR-010 ‫رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ‬
‫ "ﻳـﺎدآوري ﻫـﺎي‬IPS-D-AR-011 ‫" و‬HVAC& R ‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
:‫ " ﺑﺮاي‬HVAC&R ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬
HVAC ‫ اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ و‬-
See IPS-D-AR-010, "Abbreviations & Symbols
for HVAC&R Drawings" and IPS-D-AR-011,
"General Notes for HVAC & R System" for:
- Abbreviations & Symbols for HVAC &
Refrigeration Systems.
:‫رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ "د" اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي‬
.(‫ ﺟﺪول ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ )ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬-
See Appendix D of this Standard for:
- Utilities Identifications Table (Typical).
:‫رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ "ﻫـ" اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫ رآﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ و ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎي ﻇﺮوف‬-
See Appendix E of this Standard for:
- Nozzles Identifications on Vessels, Reactors
and Towers.
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬/‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺎﺿﻼب‬2-1- ‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.1.2 Drain / sewer symbols
AMN
AY
Amine Drains
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي آﻣﻴﻦ‬
AMN
Amine Drain Funnel
‫ﻗﻴﻒ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ آﻣﻴﻦ‬
AY
CAU
Caustic Sewer
CDB
Concrete Drain Box
DH
Closed Drain Header
CSW
Chemical Drain Pit
DC
Drain Connection
DP
Drain Pit
DWW
CAU
‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
CDB
‫ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺿﻼب ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
Chemical Sewer
CY
‫ﻓﺎﺿﻼب ﺳﻮد ﺳﻮزآور‬
60
CSW
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ‬
CY
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
DC
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
DP
‫آب دور رﻳﺰ ﻧﻤﻚ زدا‬
Desalter Waste Water
DH
DWW
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ب ﻋﺎري از ﻣﻮاد روﻏﻨﻲ‬Ĥ‫ﭘﺴ‬
NSW
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎز‬
OPD
‫ب روﻏﻨﻲ‬Ĥ‫ﭘﺴ‬
OSW
‫ب ﺑﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻲ‬Ĥ‫ﭘﺴ‬
SSW
‫آب ﺗﺮش ﻋﺎري ﺷﺪه‬
SWA
NSW
Non Oily Water Sewer
OPD
Open Drain
OSW
Oily Water Sewer
SSW
Sanitary Water Sewer
SWA
Stripped Sour Water
TY
Toxic Drain Funnel
‫ﻗﻴﻒ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﺳﻤﻲ‬
WSW
Storm Water Sewer
‫ب ﺑﺎران‬Ĥ‫ﭘﺴ‬
Y
(‫ﻗﻴﻒ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ )ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
Drain Funnel (General)
TY
WSW
Y
‫ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪن ﺣﺮوف اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬3 -1- ‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.1.3 Letters at individual valves designations
A
Monel Trim (grease sealed seat and
packing)
‫ﺗﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﻮﻧـــﻞ )ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎه و آﻛﻨﺪه آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷـﺪه‬
(‫روﻏﻨﻲ‬
A
B
Monel Valve (grease sealed seat and
packing)
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻧﻞ )ﻧـﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎه و آﻛﻨـﺪه آب ﺑﻨـﺪي ﺷـﺪه‬
(‫روﻏﻨﻲ‬
B
BV
CAO
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ‬
Ball Valve
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ – ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر – ﺑﺎز‬
Close-Automatic-Open
CC
Cable Control
CO
Chain Operated
BV
CAO
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
CC
‫ﮔﺮدان ﺑﺎ زﻧﺠﻴﺮ‬
CO
CHV
Check Valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ‬
CHV
CSC
Car Sealed Closed
‫ﻣﻤﻬﻮر ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
CSC
CSO
Car Sealed Open
‫ﻣﻤﻬﻮر ﺑﺎز‬
CSO
D
Drain
FB
Full Bore
FC
Fail Close (closes on minimum signal to
valve actuator)
FD
Flex Disc Valve
FL
Fail Locked
FLC
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
D
‫ﺳﻮراخ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
FB
‫ﺑــﺴﺘﻪ در ﺣﺎﻟــﺖ ﻗﻄــﻊ )در ﺣــﺪاﻗﻞ ﺳــﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑــﻪ‬
(‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻨﺪد‬
FC
‫ﺷﻴﺮ دﻳﺴﻚ ﻓﻠﻴﻜﺲ‬
FD
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺪه در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
FL
‫ وﺿـﻊ ﺷـﻴﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴـﺮ‬:‫ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺘﻪ در ﺣﺎﻟـﺖ ﻗﻄـﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪن وﺳـﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺤـﺮك )در‬
(‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
Fail Locked Closed: Valve position does
not change on loss of actuating medium
supply (closes on minimum signal to
valve actuator)
61
FLC
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
FLO
Fail Locked Open: Valve position does
not change on loss of actuating medium
supply (open on minimum signal to
valve actuator)
‫ وﺿــﻊ ﺷــﻴﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴــﺮ‬:‫ﻗﻔــﻞ و ﺑــﺎز در ﺣﺎﻟــﺖ ﻗﻄــﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪن وﺳـﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺤـﺮك )در‬
(‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺎز ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
FLO
FO
Fail Open (opens on minimum signal to
valve actuator)
‫ﺑﺎز در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ )در ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻛـﻪ‬
(‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺎز ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
FO
FP
Full Port
‫درﮔﺎه ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
FP
GM
Gear Operated and Motorized Valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻧﺪه اي و ﻣﻮﺗﻮري‬
GM
GO
Gear Operated Valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻧﺪه اي‬
GO
IAV
Acoustical Insulated Valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ داراي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺻﺪا‬
IAV
HIV
Hot Insulated Valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ داراي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ داغ‬
HIV
LC
Locked Close
‫ﻗﻔﻞ درﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
LC
LO
Locked Open
‫ﻗﻔﻞ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎز‬
LO
M
Monel Trim Valve (general)
(‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﻮﻧﻞ )ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
M
MOV
MT
Monel Trim (teflon insert with grease
sealed packing)
NC
Normally Closed
NO
Normally Open
NV
Needle Valve
OV
Operating Valve
PIV
Post Indicator Valve
PSE
Rupture Disk Assembly (Pressure Safety
Equipment)
PSV
Pressure Safety Relief Valve
P
Split Range
SS
Soft Seat Valve
ST
Stainless Steel Valve
MT
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎدي‬
NC
‫ﺑﺎز در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎدي‬
NO
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺳﻮزﻧﻲ‬
NV
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬
OV
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
PIV
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘـﺎره ﺷـﻮﻧﺪه )ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات اﻳﻤﻨـﻲ‬
(‫ﻓﺸﺎر‬
PSE
‫ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
PSV
62
P
‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮه ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه‬
SR
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎه ﻧﺮم‬
SS
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻓﻮﻻدي زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن‬
SSV
‫ﺗﺮﻳﻢ اﺳﺘﻴﻼﻳﺖ‬
Stellite Trim
MOV
‫ﺗﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﻮﻧﻞ )ﺟﺎ دادن ﺗﻔﻠﻮن ﺑﺎ آﻛﻨـﺪه آب ﺑﻨـﺪي‬
(‫روﻏﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺪود ﺷﺪه‬
Plugged
SR
SSV
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺗﻮري‬
Motorized Valve
ST
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
T
TSO
V
WV
WP(J)
X
XCV
‫ﺗﻠﻪ‬
Trap
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺪون ﻧﺸﺖ‬
Tight Shut-off Valve
Vent
Warning Valve
Shut-off Valve
XX
18-8 Stainless Steel Trim Valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ اﺧﻄﺎر‬
WV
‫ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
Steam Trap with Integral Strainer
TSO
V
316 ‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻓﻮﻻدي زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﻢ از ﻧﻮع‬
Type 316 Stainless Steel Trim Valve
T
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻏﻼف دار‬
Jacketed Plug Valve
XV
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
WP(J)
X
XCV
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
XV
18-8 ‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻓﻮﻻدي زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﻢ از ﻧﻮع‬
XX
‫ اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬4 -1- ‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.1.4 Piping abbreviations
CM
Chrome Moly
‫ﻛﺮوم ﻣﻮﻟﻲ‬
CM
CS
Carbon Steel
‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬
CS
DN
Diameter Nominal
‫ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
DN
FF
Flat Face
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺨﺖ‬
FF
FS
Forged Steel
‫ﻓﻮﻻد آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه‬
FS
HB
Hammer Blind
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﻜﺸﻲ‬
HB
LJ
Lap Joint
‫اﺗﺼﺎل روي ﻫﻢ‬
LJ
MI
Malleable Iron
‫آﻫﻦ ﭼﻜﺶ ﺧﻮر‬
MI
PB
Pressure Blind
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﺸﺎري‬
PB
PN
Pressure Nominal
‫ﻓﺸﺎر اﺳﻤﻲ‬
PN
PTP
Pipe Tap Plugged
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺗﺼﺎل ﺷﻴﺮ‬
PTP
RF
Raised Face
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‬
RF
RS
Removable Spool
‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻨﻲ‬
RS
RSP
Ring Spacer
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻧﺪاز‬
RSP
RTJ
Ring Type Joint
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﻮع ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اي‬
RTJ
SF
Socket Weld Line Blind with Flexitallic
Gaskets
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﺧـﻂ ﺟـﻮش ﻛﺎﺳـﻪاي ﺑـﺎ‬
‫واﺷﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﻴﻜﺴﻲ ﺗﺎﻟﻴﻚ‬
SF
63
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
SB
Spectacle Blind
SPB
Spade Blind
SO
Slip on
SS
Stainless Steel
ST(W)
Steam Trap (Winterizing)
ST(H)
Steam Trap (Heat Conservation)
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻋﻴﻨﻜﻲ‬
SB
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻴﻠﭽﻪ اي‬
SPB
‫رو ﻟﻐﺰﻧﺪه‬
SO
‫ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن‬
SS
(‫ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر )ﺣﺮارت دﻫﻲ زﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‬
ST(W)
(‫ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر )ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﺮارت‬
ST(H)
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﺧـﻂ ﺟـﻮش ﻛﺎﺳـﻪاي ﺑـﺎ‬
‫واﺷﺮﻫﺎي وﻳﺘﻮن‬
SV
Socket Weld
‫ﺟﻮش ﻛﺎﺳﻪ اي‬
SW
VB
Vapor Blind
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺨﺎر‬
VB
WN
Weld Neck
‫ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎرﻳﻜﻪ‬
WN
SV
Socket Weld Line Blind with Viton
Gaskets
SW
‫ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪن ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﻫﺎ‬5-1- ‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.1.5 Miscellaneous designations
AG
Above Ground
‫رو زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
AG
BL
Battery Limit
‫ﻣﺮز واﺣﺪ‬
BL
COF
Center of Float
DCS
Distributed Control System
F
Furnished & Piped
HCB
Hydrocarbon
HCH
Hydrocarbon with Hydrogen
HHLL
High High Liquid Level
HIL
High Interface Liquid Level
HLL
High Liquid Level
LF
Liquid Foam
LG
Level Gage
LIL
Low Interface Liquid Level
LLL
Low Liquid Level
COF
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﮔﺴﺘﺮده‬
DCS
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه‬
Furnished
F&P
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺷﻨﺎور‬
F
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه‬
F&P
‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻦ‬
HCB
‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬
HCH
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬HHLL
64
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
HIL
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
HLL
‫ﻛﻒ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
LF
‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
LG
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
LIL
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
LLL
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
LLLL
Low Low Liquid Level
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬LLLL
LSHH
Level Switch High High
‫ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺑﺎﻻ‬LSHH
LSLL
Level Switch Low Low
MW
Manway
NIL
Normal Interface Liquid Level
NLL
Normal Liquid Level
P
PB
PG
Pressure Gage
PI
Pressure Indicator
P&ID
‫درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو‬
MW
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻧﺮﻣﺎل ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
NIL
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺮﻣﺎل ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
NLL
‫دﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎري‬
Push Bottom
Process Flow Diagram
LSLL
‫ﻓﺸﺎر‬
Pressure
PFD
‫ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻨﻲ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‬
PB
‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬
PFD
‫ﻓﺸﺎرﺳﻨﺞ‬
PG
‫ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻓﺸﺎر‬
PI
‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻘﻲ‬
Piping & Instrumentation Diagram
P
P&ID
PO
Pump Out
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬
PO
PT
Pressure Test Connection
‫اﺗﺼﺎل آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
PT
‫ﺗﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬
RES
‫ﮔﺎز ﻣﺒﺮد‬
RG
Refrigerant Liquid
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺒﺮد‬
RL
RO
Restriction Orifice
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روزﻧﻪ دار ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
RO
RS
Remote Setpoint
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ از دور‬
RS
RES
Residue
RG
Refrigerant Gas
RL
RTD
Resistance Temperature Detector
RVP
Reid Vapor Pressure
SC
Sample Connection
‫ردﻳﺎب ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺣﺮارت‬
RTD
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر رﻳﺪ‬
RVP
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي‬
SC
‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي‬
SCL
Sight Glass
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ دﻳﺪ‬
SG
SF
Solution Foam
‫ﻛﻒ ﻣﺤﻠﻮل‬
SF
SP
Set Point
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
SP
SCL
Sample Cooler
SG
65
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
SP.GR
STO
(‫ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ وزﻧﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ )ﺛﻘﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص‬SP.GR
Relative Mass Density (Specific
Gravity)
‫ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧﻲ‬
Steam Out
TI
Temperature Indicator
T/T
Tangent to Tangent
TW
Thermo well
UFD
Utility Flow Diagram
UG
Under Ground
VB
Vortex Breaker
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
STO
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ دﻣﺎ‬
TI
‫ﺗﺎﻧﮋاﻧﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺎﻧﮋاﻧﺖ‬
T/T
‫ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ‬
TW
‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
UFD
‫زﻳﺮ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
UG
‫ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻦ‬
VB
‫ اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬6 -1- ‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.1.6 Utility services abbreviations
‫ ﻫﻮا‬،‫ ﻛﻒ‬،‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮل آب‬
AFW
Boiler Feed Water
‫آب ﺧﻮراك دﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎر‬
BFW
CLW
Chlorinated Water
‫آب ﻛﻠﺮﻳﻨﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
CLW
COC
Cold Condensate
‫ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت ﺳﺮد‬
COC
CW
Cooling Water
‫آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
CW
AFW
Air Foam Water Solution
BFW
CWR
Cooling Water Return
‫آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬
CWR
CWS
Cooling Water Supply
‫آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
CWS
DMW
Demineralized Water
DSW
Desalinated Water
DWA
Drinking Water
FLG
Fuel Gas
FLR
‫ آب ﺑﺪون اﻣﻼح‬DMW
‫آب ﻧﻤﻚ زداﻳﻲ ﺷﺪه‬
DSW
‫ آب آﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ‬DWA
‫ﮔﺎز ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
FLG
Flare Discharge
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬
FLR
FOR
Fuel Oil Return
‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬
FOR
FOS
Fuel Oil Supply
‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
FOS
FWA
Fire Water
‫آب آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
FWA
HBW
High Pressure Boiler Feed Water
‫آب ﺧﻮراك ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻي دﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎر‬
HBW
HPC
High Pressure Condensate
‫ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ‬
HPC
66
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
HPS
IA
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ‬
High Pressure Steam
‫ﻫﻮاي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
Instrument Air
HPS
IA
LLPS
Low Low Pressure Steam
‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻨﻲ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‬
LLPS
LPC
Low Pressure Condensate
‫ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‬
LPC
LPS
Low Pressure Steam
‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‬
LPS
MBW
Medium Pressure Boiler Feed Water
MPC
Medium Pressure Condensate
MPS
Medium Pressure Steam
NG
Natural Gas
NIT
PA
‫ آب ﺧﻮراك ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ دﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎر‬MBW
‫ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
MPC
‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
MPS
‫ﮔﺎز ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
NG
Nitrogen
‫ﻧﻴﺘﺮوژن‬
NIT
Plant Air
‫ﻫﻮاي ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
PA
PTW
Potable Water
PWA
Plant Water(service water)
QHW
Quench Water
RFO
Refinery Fuel Oil
RFW
Refrigerated water
RWA
‫آب ﺷﺮب‬
PTW
(‫آب ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ )آب ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ‬
PWA
‫ آب ﻓﺮوﻧﺸﺎن‬QHW
‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎه‬
RFO
‫آب ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺷﺪه‬
RFW
Raw Water
‫آب ﺧﺎم‬
RWA
SWA
Sour Water
‫آب ﺗﺮش‬
SWA
TWA
Treated Water
‫آب ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
TWA
WAT
Water
‫آب‬
WAT
A.2 Graphical SYMBOLS
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.1 Instrumentation
‫ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬1-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻂ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬1-1 -2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.1.1 Instrument line symbols
‫ ﺑـﺎ اﺻـﻼح ﻫـﺎي زﻳـﺮ‬2-6 ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬ISA-S 5.1 ‫آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺣﺮارت‬‫ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻼف ﺑﺨﺎر‬‫اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن ﻧﻮع ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻴـﺮو ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣـﻮرد‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪن ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺎل ﮔﺎز زدا ﻧﻴﺰ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮود‬
ISA-S5.1 (latest revision) section 6.2 shall be used
with the following amendments:
- Heat Traced Line
- Steam Jacketed Line
The following abbreviations shall be used to denote
the types of power supply. These designations may
also be applied to purge fluid supplies:
67
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
AS
Air Supply
- IA
Instrument Air
- PA
Plant Air
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻮا‬
AS
‫ﻫﻮاي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
-IA
‫ﻫﻮاي ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
-PA
ES
Electric Supply
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮق‬
ES
GS
Gas Supply
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺎز‬
GS
HS
Hydraulic Supply
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻚ‬
HS
NS
Nitrogen Supply
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺘﺮوژن‬
NS
SS
Steam Supply
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺎر‬
SS
WS
Water Supply
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ آب‬
WS
.‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷـﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠـﻮ‬600 ‫ "ﻳﻚ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻮاي اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ‬IA-600 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬
24 ‫ "ﻳﻚ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮو ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬ES-24-VDC ‫ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل" و‬
"‫وﻟﺘﻲ‬
The supply level may be added to the instrument
supply line, e.g., IA-600 "a 600 kPa instrument air
supply; ES-24 VDC “a 24-volt direct current
power supply".
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪ‬2-1-2- ‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.1.2 Interlock logic symbols
Symbol
Description
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮح‬
Output exists if one or ore input exists
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ وﺟﻮد دارد ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻳﻚ ورودي ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Output exists if and only if all the input exists
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ وﺟﻮد دارد اﮔﺮ و ﻓﻘﻂ اﮔﺮ ﺗﻤﺎم وروديﻫﺎ وﺟﻮد‬
‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
No output exists if one and only one input
exists
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد اﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ و ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ وﺟﻮد‬
‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Time delay output exists after preset time
‫ﭘﺲ از زﻣﺎن ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ زﻣﺎن دارد‬
Output exists if one and only one input exists
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ وﺟﻮد دارد اﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ و ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻚ ورودي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Sequential logic control connection
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ‬
68
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
‫( ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل ﻣﻨﻄﻘـﻲ‬PLC) ‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮاﺑـﻊ‬3-1-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.1.3 Programmable logic controller (PLC)
function symbols
Symbol
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬
Description
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮح‬
Field mounted PLC integral to DCS not
normally accessible to operator
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در‬DCS ‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ‬PLC
‫دﺳﺘﺮس اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
Control board mounted PLC integral to DCS
normally accessible to operator
ً‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬DCS ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ‬PLC
‫در دﺳﺘﺮس اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Control board mounted auxiliary location
normally accessible to operator
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در‬
‫دﺳﺘﺮس اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Behind of control
accessible to operator
board
not
normally
‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در دﺳﺘﺮس اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
Behind of control board auxiliary location not
normally accessible to operator
‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در دﺳﺘﺮس‬
‫اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
69
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
A.2.1.4 Computer (data storage) function
symbols
Symbol
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮاﺑﻊ )ذﺧﻴﺮه داده( راﻳﺎﻧﻪ اي‬4-1-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
Description
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
Field mounted instrument
accessible to operator
‫ﺷﺮح‬
not
normally
‫ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در دﺳﺘﺮس‬،‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
Panel mounted instrument
accessible to operator
not
normally
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر‬
Local panel mounted instrument normally
accessible to operator
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس‬
‫اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر‬
Instrument mounted behind control panel in
control room not normally accessible to
operator
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﭘﺸﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر‬
Instrument mounted behind local panel not
normally accessible to operator
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﭘﺸﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫دﺳﺘﺮس اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر‬
70
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺷﺮاﻛﺘﻲ‬/‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﮔﺴﺘﺮده‬5-1-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.1.5 Distributed control/shared display
symbols
Symbol
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
Description
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮح‬
Field mounted instrument
accessible to operator)
(not
normally
‫ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻣﺤﻞ ) ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس‬
(‫اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر‬
Indicator/controller/alarm (normally accessible
to operator)
(‫ﻫﺸﺪار) ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر‬/‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﺮ‬/‫ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه‬
Auxiliary operators interface device
‫ادوات اﺑﺰار ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك اﭘﺮاﺗﻮرﻫﺎ‬
71
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
A.2.1.6 General
symbols
Symbol
instrument
or
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻮاﺑﻊ ﻳﺎ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬6-1-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
function
Description
‫ﺷﺮح‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
Field mounted instrument
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﻞ‬
Primary panel mounted instrument
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ اوﻟﻴﻪ‬
Instrument mounted behind control panel in control room normally inaccessible
to operator
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﭘﺸﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر‬
Auxiliary panel mounted instrument
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
Instrument mounted behind local panel normally inaccessible to operator
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﭘﺸﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر‬
Instrument sharing common housing with two functions
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺷﺮاﻛﺘﻲ در ﻳﻚ ﭼﺎرﭼﻮب ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد دوﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬
Steam traced instrument
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ ﺑﺨﺎر‬
Electeric traced instrument
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
Light (color R = RED ,G = GREEN)
( ‫ = ﺳﺒﺰ‬G ‫ = ﻗﺮﻣﺰ و‬R ‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ) رﻧﮓ‬
Valve position indicating lamps
‫ﻻﻣﭙﻬﺎي ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﻴﺮ‬
72
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
Symbol
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
Description
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮح‬
Purge or flushing device
‫اﺑﺰار ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺮدن و ﮔﺎز زداﻳﻲ‬
Rest for latch type actuator
‫رﻫﺎ ﺳﺎزي ﻣﺤﺮك اﻫﺮم دار‬
diaphragm
‫آب ﺑﻨﺪ دﻳﺎﻓﺮاﮔﻤﻲ‬
Undefined interlock logic
‫ﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﺸﺪه‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
ISA Standard S5.2 ‫ ﺑﻪ‬،‫( ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ وﻳﮋه‬1
1) For specific logic symbols, see ISA standard
S5.2.
‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
A.2.1.7 Function identification (Note 1)
‫رﻟﻪ‬
‫رﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
(1 ‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ ﺗﻮاﺑﻊ )ﻳﺎدآوري‬7-1-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫رﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫رﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ‬
(2 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ زﻳﺮ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Refer to list below for identification (Note 2):
= multiplying
= dividing
‫ﺿﺮب ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن‬
= high selecting
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺑﺎﻻ‬
= low selecting
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‬
= high limiting
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺑﺎﻻ‬
= low limiting
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‬
73
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
= time function
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ زﻣﺎن‬
= Nonlinear or unspecified function
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
= summing
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﺮدن‬
= averaging
‫ﻣﻌﺪل ﮔﻴﺮي‬
= root extraction
‫رﻳﺸﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي‬
= exponential
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ‬
= derivative
‫ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﮔﻴﺮي‬
= integral
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
= pneumatic to current
‫ﻫﻮا ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
= current to pneu matic
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮا‬
= proportional
‫ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ‬
= reverse proportional
‫ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس‬
= difference
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﮔﻴﺮ‬
= convert
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬
= alarm signal monitor
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺸﺪار‬
= velocity limiter
‫ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
= bias
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺎس‬
= reverse action
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس‬
74
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
= inverse derivative
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس‬
= solenoid
‫ﺳﻮﻟﻨﻮﺋﻴﺪ‬
= boost
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ‬
= integrate
‫ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﺳﺎزي‬
= gain 1:30 or 2:1 (typical)
(‫ )ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬2:1 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬1:3 ‫ﺑﻬﺮه‬
= on-off
‫روﺷﻦ – ﺧﺎﻣﻮش‬
= analog/digital
‫ دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل‬/ ‫آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ‬
= (for input/output see the following)
DESIGNATION ‫اﺳﻢ‬
E
I
H
O
P
R
MV
A
D
(‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول ذﻳﻞ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬/‫)ﺑﺮاي دﻳﺪن ورودي‬
SIGNAL
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
Voltage
Current (Electrical)
Hand
Electromagnetic
Pneumatic, Pressure, Vacuum
Radiation
Milivolts
Analog
Digital
‫وﻟﺘﺎژ‬
(‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن )اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ – ﻓﺸﺎر – ﺧﻼء‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺖ‬
‫آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ‬
‫دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‬
Notes:
،‫ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬،‫( ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪن ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬1
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و رﻟﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒـﻲ‬
‫ و ﻳـﺎدآوري‬1 ‫ﻣﻮرد اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﻴﻦ ﺑـﻪ ﺟـﺪول‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬.(‫ رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد‬ISA-S 5.1 ‫ در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬14 ‫ﺷﻤﺎره‬
‫از ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎدر ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ ﻋﻼﻣـﺖ از دﻳﮕـﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﮕـﺬاري‬
‫ﻫﺎي روي ﻧﻤﻮدار از اﺷﺘﺒﺎه ﺟﻠـﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻣـﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳـﺪ و اﺟـﺎزه‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺻـﻮرت ﺑﻠـﻮك ﻣﺠـﺰا در ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ ﻫـﺎي‬
.‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
1) The function designations associated with
controllers, computing devices, converters
and relay may be used individually or in
combination (also, see Table 1, Note 14 of
ISA-S5.1). The use of a box avoids confusion
by setting off the symbol from other
markings on a diagram and permits the
function to be used as a stand-alone block on
conceptual designs.
،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ رﻳﺎﺿﻲ‬3 ‫ ﺟﺪول‬،ISA-S 5.1 ‫( رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ‬2
2) See ISA-S5.1, Table 3 for math equation,
graphic representation and definition.
(‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ و ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
75
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 8-1-2-‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺪﻧﻪ و ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫‪A.2.1.8 Control valve body and damper‬‬
‫‪symbols‬‬
‫‪Reference to be made to article 6.4 of ISA-S5.1‬‬
‫‪with the following additions:‬‬
‫رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ 4-6‬ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪ ISA-S 5.1‬ﺑﺎ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮدن ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ دروازهاي‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 9-1-2-‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑـﺮاي ﺗﻨﻈـﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﻫـﺎي ﺧـﻮد‬
‫‪A.2.1.9 Symbols for self-actuated regulators,‬‬
‫‪valves, and other devices.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ و دﻳﮕﺮ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎ‬
‫‪See article 6.6 of ISA-S5.1.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ 6-6‬در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪ ISA-S5.1‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ 7-6‬در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪ ISA-S 5.1‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ 8-6‬در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪ ISA-S 5.1‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫‪See article 6.7 of ISA-S5.1.‬‬
‫‪See article 6.8 of ISA-S5.1.‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ ‪ 10-1-2-‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺤـﺮك در ﺻـﻮرت ﻗﻄـﻊ‬
‫‪A.2.1.10 Symbols for actuator action in event‬‬
‫‪of actuator power failure‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺮق‪.‬‬
‫‪See article 6.7 of ISA S5.1‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ 7-6‬در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪ ISA-S 5.1‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ ‪ 11-1-2-‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻋﺎﻣﻞ اوﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫‪A.2.1.11 Primary element symbols‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ 8-6‬در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪ ISA-S 5.1‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫‪See article 6.8 of ISA S5.1‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ ‪ 12-1-2-‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺮك‬
‫‪A.2.1.12 Actuator symbols‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ 5-6‬اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪ ISA-S 5.1‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫‪See article 6.5 of ISA-S5.1‬‬
‫‪76‬‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪﻫﺎ‬2-2- ‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.2 Piping and miscellaneous
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-2-2- ‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.2.1 General
5
SYMBOL
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
21
DESCRIPTION
‫ﺷﺮح‬
Main process line (arrow of 30  indicates Direction of
fluid flow )
(‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﻴﺎل را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬30°‫ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي اﺻﻠﻲ)ﺑﺮدار‬
Heat traced pipe line
‫ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬
Underground pipeline
‫ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
Existing line
‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬
Future line
‫ﺧﻂ آﻳﻨﺪه‬
Vendor package
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬
Jacketed or double containment pipeline
‫ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻏﻼﻓﺪار ﻳﺎ دو ﺟﺪاره‬
Line crossing (connected)
(‫ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺧﻂ )ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬
Line crossing ( unconnected)
(‫ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺧﻂ )ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ از ﻫﻢ‬
Lines junction
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﻄﻮط‬
Drip funnel
‫ﻗﻴﻒ ﭼﻜﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬2 ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
Platform
‫ﺳﻜﻮ‬
Thickness=2mm
Removable spool piece
‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻨﻲ‬
Minimum distance spool piece
‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
Indication of point of change:
:‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
a)change in slope
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ در ﺷﻴﺐ‬
b) change in piping class
‫ب( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ در ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬
77
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
SYMBOL
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
DESCRIPTION
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
٦
‫ﺷــــﺮح‬
٢٢
c)change in responsibility
‫ج( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ در ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ‬
٢٣
‫ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ‬/‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
٧
Outlet to the atmosphere for steam / gas
‫ﮔﺎز‬/‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺨﺎر‬
Flow / motion in direction of arrow
‫ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن در اﻣﺘﺪاد ﺑﺮدار‬/ ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
Arrow for inlet or outlet of essential substances
‫ﺑﺮدار ﺑﺮاي ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﻮاد اﺻﻠﻲ‬
slope
‫ﺷﻴﺐ‬
Level reference
‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
Limit , general
‫ ﻣﺤﺪوده‬،‫ﻛﻠﻲ‬
Contractor/ vendor
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬/‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬
Battery limit
‫ﻣﺮز ﻣﺤﺪوده‬
Hood , general
‫ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ دودﻛﺶ‬،‫ﻛﻠﻲ‬
Distribution device for fluids , spray nozzle
‫ ﻧﺎزل اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻚ‬، ‫اﺑﺰار ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺎﻻت‬
Siphon with dip length
‫ﺳﻴﻔﻮن ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
78
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
SYMBOL
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
DESCRIPTION
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
8
‫ﺷــــﺮح‬
Open vent
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺎز‬
Siphon drain( seal leg)
(‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﻴﻔﻮﻧﻲ )ﭘﺎﻳﻪ آبﺑﻨﺪ‬
Liquid seal, open
‫ آبﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎز‬، ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ آبﺑﻨﺪ‬
Liquid seal ,closed
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ آبﺑﻨﺪ‬
Bursting disc
‫دﻳﺴﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺪن‬
Sight glass
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬
Level gage
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻨﺞ‬
Level gage on standpipe
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻨﺞ ﺷﺎﻏﻮﻟﻲ‬
Level gage magnetic float type
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻨﺎور ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
Level gage bull eye type
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻧﻮع ﭼﺸﻢ ﮔﺎوي‬
79
٢۴
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
9
SYMBOL
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
25
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
DESCRIPTION
‫ﺷﺮح‬
Butt welded joint
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺟﻮش ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ‬
Flanged joint
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ‬

Screwed joint (arrow : 90 )
(90° :‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ )ﺑﺮدار‬
Socket welded joint
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ اي‬
Socket and spigot joint
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ و ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ اي‬
Compression joint
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺗﺮاﻛﻤﻲ‬
Swivel joint
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﮔﺮدان‬
End cap ,butt welded
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ‬،‫ﺳﺮﭘﻮش‬
End flanged and bolted
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ و ﭘﻴﭻ ﺷﺪه در اﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
End cap ,fillet welded (socket)
(‫ ﺟﻮش ﻧﻮاري )ﻛﺎﺳﻪ اي‬،‫ﺳﺮﭘﻮش‬

End cap ,screwed (arrow: 90 )
(90° :‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ )ﺑﺮدار‬،‫ﺳﺮﭘﻮش‬
End closure, quick release
‫رﻫﺎ ﺳﺎزي ﺳﺮﻳﻊ و ﺑﺴﺘﻪ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
End socket and spigot
‫ﻛﺎﺳﻪ اي و ﺗﻮﭘﻲ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
End screwed and plugged
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻲ و ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه در اﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
Quick coupling (hose connection)
(‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺮﻳﻊ )اﺗﺼﺎل ﺷﻠﻨﮓ‬
Union
‫ﻣﺎﺳﻮره‬
Concentric reducer
‫ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
Eccentric reducer (flush bottom)
(‫ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ )ﻛﻒ ﺻﺎف‬
Eccentric reducer (flush top)
(‫ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ )ﺑﺎﻻ ﺻﺎف‬
80
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
10
SYMBOL
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
DESCRIPTION
‫ﺷـــــــــﺮح‬
Ring spacer
‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اي‬
Spade blind
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
Hammer blind
‫ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﻜﺸﻲ‬
Pressure blind in welded line
‫ﻣﺴﺪودﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﺸﺎر درﺧﻂ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه‬
Standard socket weld line blind union W/viton gaskets
‫ﻻﻳﻲ وﻳﺘﻮن‬/W ‫ﺧﻂ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ اي ﺟﻮﺷﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎ ﻣﻬﺮه ﻣﺴﺪودﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
6 mm thick blind to blank off equipment (vapor blind)
(‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات )ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺨﺎر‬6 ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪودﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
Standard socket weld line blind union /flexitalicGaskets
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻓﻠﻜﺴﻲ ﺗﺎﻟﻴﻚ‬/W‫ﺧﻂ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ اي ﺟﻮﺷﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎ ﻣﻬﺮه ﻣﺴﺪودﻛﺮدن‬
spectacle blind ( normally open)
(‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪودﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻋﻴﻨﻜﻲ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎز‬
expansion bellow
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ‬
sleeve extension
‫ﻏﻼف ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺷﻲ‬
expansion loop
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط‬
steam trap with built-in strainer ( thermostatic or thermodynamic
type)
(‫ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ )ﻧﻮع ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻳﺎﺗﺮﻣﻮدﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ‬
steam trap without built-in strainer (thermostatic or thermodynamic
type)
‫ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺪون ﺻﺎﻓﻲ )ﻧﻮع ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻮدﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ‬
steam trap with integral check valve (bucket type)
(‫ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ )ﻧﻮع ﺳﻄﻠﻲ‬
81
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
11
SYMBOL
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
DESCRIPTION
‫ﺷـــــــــﺮح‬
Desuperheater
‫دي ﺳﻮﭘﺮ ﻫﻴﺘﺮ‬
Ejector
‫ﻣﻜﻨﺪه‬
Jet mixer
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺖ‬
Ring header
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪ‬
Flame arrestor (general)
(‫ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ )ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
Explosion-proof flame arrestor (explosion comes From the side of
the rectangular)
(‫ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺿﺪ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر )اﻧﻔﺠﺎر از ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻲآﻳﺪ‬
Detonation –proof flame arrestor
‫ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺿﺪ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر‬
Fire –resistant detonation –proof flame arrestor with Outlet to the
atmosphere
‫ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺿﺪآﺗﺶ و اﻧﻔﺠﺎر ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬
Fire- resistance flame arrestor
‫ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺿﺪآﺗﺶ‬
Silencer
‫ﺻﺪاﮔﻴﺮ‬
Filter for compressor
82
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
12
SYMBOL
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
DESCRIPTION
‫ﺷـــــــــﺮح‬
Bucket (basket) type strainer
(‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻮع ﺳﻄﻠﻲ )ﺳﺒﺪي‬
Temporary strainer (cone type)
(‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ )ﻧﻮع ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ‬
T-type strainer
T ‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
Y-type strainer (with valved drain)
(‫ )ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺮﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬Y ‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
Duplex strainer
Pulsation dampener
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﺎن ﮔﻴﺮ‬
Flexible hose with quick coupling
‫ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺗﺎﺷﻮ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
Filter (general)
Cartridge type filter
Propller mixer
In-line mixer (static)
Turbo mixer
Nozzle (blinded off)
83
(‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ )ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎرﺗﺮﻳﺞ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦ ﭘﺮهاي‬
(‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦ در ﺧﻂ )ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
(‫ﻧﺎزل )ﺑﺎ درﭘﻮش‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
13
SYMBOL
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
DESCRIPTION
‫ﺷــــــﺮح‬
Loading arm (basic symbol)
(‫ﺑﺎزوي ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي )ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ‬
Pull box fire alarm ( alarm button)
(‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺸﺪار آﺗﺶ )دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺸﺪار‬
Hydrocarbon detector
Halogen protected area
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻫﺎﻟﻮژن‬
Portable extinguisher
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ‬
Wheeled extinguisher
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﺮﺧﺪار‬
Foam cylinder (s)
Foam chamber
Insulation on equipment
Spray
84
‫آﺷﻜﺎر ﺳﺎز ﻫﻴﺪرو ﻛﺮﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻛﭙﺴﻮل ﻛﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻛﻒ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻖ روي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻚ‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
SYMBOL
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
DESCRIPTION
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
١٤
Manway
‫ﺷــــﺮح‬
٣٠
‫درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو‬
Swing elbow
Breather
‫زاﻧﻮي ﮔﺮدان‬
‫ﻫﻮاﻛﺶ‬
Emergency (safety) shower equipped with no freezing
drain valve
‫دوش اﺿﻄﺮاري )اﻳﻤﻨﻲ( ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺿﺪ اﻧﺠﻤﺎد‬
Eye washer equipped with no freezing drain valve
‫ﭼﺸﻢ ﺷﻮي ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺿﺪ اﻧﺠﻤﺎد‬
Vortex breaker
‫ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻦ‬
Exhaust head
‫دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﺮوج‬
85
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫‪DESCRIPTION‬‬
‫ﺷــــﺮح‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪Sample connection (non toxic gas ), see‬‬
‫)‪Appendix H for details (type 1‬‬
‫‪SYMBOL‬‬
‫ﺳﺮ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي )ﮔﺎز ﻏﻴﺮﺳﻤﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ‬
‫"ح" )ﻧﻮع ‪ (1‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬
‫‪Sample connection (toxic gas or light liquid‬‬
‫‪(RVP  34.5 kPa) ,see appendix H for details ,(type‬‬
‫)‪2‬‬
‫اﺗـــﺼﺎل‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧـﻪ‬
‫ﮔـﻴـﺮي‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫)ﮔـﺎزﺳــﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻚ‪ (RVP 34.5 kPa/‬ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ "ح" ﻧﻮع‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫آب ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫‪pour‬‬
‫‪low‬‬
‫&‬
‫‪oil‬‬
‫‪hot‬‬
‫[‬
‫‪connection‬‬
‫‪sample‬‬
‫‪point  A C ),where A is determined in the‬‬
‫‪execution of basic design phase for each project].‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي }روﻏﻦ داغ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ رﻳﺰش ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ< ‪A‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪C°‬ﻛﻪ ‪ A‬در اﺟﺮاي ﻓﺎز ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮوژه ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد{‪.‬‬
‫آب ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫‪Sample connection [ hot oil & high pour point ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪A C ),where A is determined in the execution of‬‬
‫‪basic design phase for each project].‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي }ﻧﻔﺖ داغ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ رﻳﺰش ﺑﺎﻻ‪  A C°‬ﻛـﻪ‬
‫‪ A‬در اﺟﺮاي ﻓﺎز ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ ﭘﺎﻳـﻪ ﺑـﺮاي ﻫـﺮ ﭘـﺮوژه ﻣـﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد{‪.‬‬
‫‪86‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
A.2.2.2 Symbols for manually operated and
miscellaneous valves and monitors
SYMBOL
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﺳﺘﻲ و ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬2-2-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ و ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮرﻫﺎ‬
DESCRIPTION
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
١٦
‫ﺷــــﺮح‬
٣٢
Gate valve (basic symbol)
(‫ﺷﻴﺮدروازهاي )ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ‬
Globe valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﺮوي‬
Check valve (general)
(‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ )ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
Gate valve blinded off
‫ﺷﻴﺮدروازهاي ﻣﺴﺪودﺷﺪه‬
Angle valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ زاوﻳﻪ اي‬
Ball valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ‬
Four-way valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﭼﻬﺎرراﻫﻪ‬
Gate valve with body bleed
‫ﺷﻴﺮدروازهاي ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ در ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬
Butterfly valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮﭘﺮواﻧﻪ اي‬
Hydraulic control
Metering cock
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮاﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬
Nv
Needle valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺳﻮزﻧﻲ‬
Plug valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮﺳﻤﺎوري‬
S=solenoid valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮﺳﻮﻟﻨﻮﺋﻴﺪي‬
R= Manual reset when indicated
‫= وﻗﺘﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد دﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬R
Diaphragm valve
87
‫ﺷﻴﺮ دﻳﺎﻓﺮاﮔﻤﻲ‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
17
SYMBOL
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
DESCRIPTION
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺷـﺮح‬
Self contained regulator
‫ﺧﻮد ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
Three-way valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺳﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ‬
Spring loading valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻓﻨﺮي‬
Control valve with hand wheel
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻜﻪ دﺳﺘﻲ‬
Rotary valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ دوار‬
Slide valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻛﺸﻮﺋﻲ‬
Knife valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮﺗﻴﻐﻪ اي‬
Post indicator valve
Piston valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮﻧﻲ‬
Y- type blow down valve
Y‫ﺷﻴﺮﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ دور رﻳﺰ ﻧﻮع‬
Y-type stop check valve
Y ‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ ﻧﻮع‬
Y-type globe valve
Float valve
Motor operated valve
88
Y ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻛﺮوي ﻧﻮع‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﺷﻨﺎور‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻣﻮﺗﻮري‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
SYMBOL
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
DESCRIPTION
Lift check valve
Swing check valve
‫ﺷــــﺮح‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ ﮔﺮدان‬
Stop check
‫اﺳﺘﺎپ ﭼﻚ‬
Stop check , non -return valve
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺪون ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎپ ﭼﻚ‬
Trip valve (low lube oil pressure)
(‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ )ﻓﺸﺎر روﻏﻦ ﻛﻢ‬
Relief valve ( angle ,vacuum)
(‫ ﺧﻼء‬،‫ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن )زاوﻳﻪ اي‬
Relief valve ( angle ,pressure)
(‫ ﻓﺸﺎر‬،‫ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن )زاوﻳﻪ اي‬
Flush bottom valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻛﻒ‬
Pressure/ vacuum valve
‫ﺧﻼء‬/‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
Foot valve with strainer
‫ﺷﻴﺮﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬
Damper valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ دﻣﭙﺮ‬
Jacketed gate valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ دروازهاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دار‬
Jacketed globe valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﺮوي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دار‬
(‫ﺷﻴﺮ دروازهاي ﺑﺎ روزﻧﻪ ﺗﻮازن )روزﻧﻪ در ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
Gate valve with balance hole (hole located lefte side)
(To be continued)
(‫)اداﻣﻪ دارد‬
89
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
19
SYMBOL
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
DESCRIPTION
‫ﺷـﺮح‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
Foot valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮﭘﺎﺋﻲ‬
Self draining valve
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺧﻮد ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
Fire hydrant
(‫ﺷﻴﺮآﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ)ﻫﺎﻳﺪراﻧﺖ‬
Fire hydrant with monitor
‫ﺷﻴﺮ آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮر‬
Deluge valve
(‫ﺷﻴﺮ دِﻟﻮج)آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
Fire monitor
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮر آﺗﺶ‬
Hydrant with water / foam monitor
‫ﻛﻒ‬/‫ﺷﻴﺮآﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮر آب‬
Yard hydrant
Hose reel
Hose house
90
‫ﺷﻴﺮآﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻠﻨﮓ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎه ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
20
SYMBOL
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
DESCRIPTION
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﺷــﺮح‬
Elevated fire monitor
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮر آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ در ارﺗﻔﺎع‬
Remote fire monitor
Foam monitor
Elevated foam monitor
Remote foam monitor
91
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮر از دور آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮر ﻛﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮر ﻛﻒ در ارﺗﻔﺎع‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮر از دور ﻛﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 3-2-‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫‪A.2.3 Equipment‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ ‪ 1-3-2-‬ﺑﺮج‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻮن‪ ،‬ﻇﺮف‪ ،‬رآﻛﺘﻮر‬
‫‪A.2.3.1 Tower, column, vessel and reactor‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ ‪ 1-1-3-2-‬ﺑﺮج‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻮن‬
‫‪A.2.3.1.1 Tower, column‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﺎل )اﻧﺪازه و ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ(‬
‫ﻧﺎم آﻛﻨﺪه‬
‫)اﻧﺪازه وﺟﻨﺲ(‬
‫ﻳﺎ اﻧﺪازه و ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ‬
‫)ﺳﻴﻨﻲ )‪ 1‬راﻫﻪ(‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻐﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻐﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ‪ 2‬راﻫﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮپ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻦ‬
‫‪COLUMN‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻮن‬
‫‪92‬‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ‬
CATALYST
BED
‫رآﻛﺘﻮر‬
‫ ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ‬2-1 -3-2- ‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.3.1.2 Horizontal vessel
HLL
‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
A) Horizontal Vessel
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ‬
HLL LLL
B) Horizontal Vessel With Boot
‫ب( ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻮت‬
93
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
DEAERATOR ‫ﻫﻮا زدا‬
VESSEL WITH HEATING
AND/OR COOLING JACKET
‫ﻳﺎ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬/‫ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪاره ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎز ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻏﺮﺑﺎل‬
CONE ROOF
(WITH AGITATOR ELECTRIC DRIVE)
(‫ﺳﻘﻒ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ )ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ زن ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
94
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 2-3-2-‬ﻣﺨﺎزن ذﺧﻴﺮه‬
‫‪A.2.3.2 Strorage tanks‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎز ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻏﺮﺑﺎل‬
‫‪OPEN VENT WITH SCREEN‬‬
‫ﺳﻘﻒ ﮔﻨﺒﺪي ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺷﻨﺎور ﻧﻮع ﮔﺮدان‬
‫ﺳﻘﻒ ﺷﻨﺎور‬
‫ﻛﺮوي‬
‫‪Note:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوري‪:‬‬
‫‪All tanks and spheres on each flow diagram have‬‬
‫‪to be shown in Approximate relative size to each‬‬
‫‪other.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﺨﺎزن و ﻛﺮوي ﻫﺎ در ﻫـﺮ ﻧﻤـﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ اﻧـﺪازه‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫‪95‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺰن ﺑﺎ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺷﻨﺎور داﺧﻠﻲ و‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺷﻨﺎور ورودي ﻧﻮع ﮔﺮدان‬
‫ﻣﺨﺰن ﻛﻒ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ‬
‫ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫‪96‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 3-3-2-‬ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﺪل ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫـﺎي‬
‫‪A.2.3.3 Heaters, exchangers, air coolers and‬‬
‫‪water coolers‬‬
‫ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ و ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي آﺑﻲ‬
‫‪A.2.3.3.1 Heaters‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 1-3-3-2-‬ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻒ(ﻛﻮره )ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ(‬
‫دودﻛﺶ‬
‫ﺧﻔﻪ ﻛﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ‪ 1‬راﻫﻪ‬
‫ب(ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺷﻌﻠﻪ دار )ﻧﻮع ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻳﺎ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ اي( ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪97‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ج(ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫د( ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺨﺰن‬
‫‪Tank Suction Heater‬‬
‫ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ورودي ﻣﺨﺰن‬
‫‪Coil banks for different‬‬
‫‪Duties in waste Heat Boiler‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﺮاي وﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫در دﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
‫‪98‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 2-3-3-2-‬ﻣﺒﺪلﻫـﺎي ﺧﻨـﻚ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه آﺑـﻲ و ﺑـﺎز‬
‫‪Exchangers water coolers and‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪل ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ )ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ(‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‪/‬ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‪/‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻨﺎور‬
‫‪Type‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‪ /‬ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‪ /‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪه ﻧﻮع ‪U‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪلﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‪/‬ﺧﻨﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪه‪/‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‪/‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻨﺎور و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺣﻔﺎظ‬
‫ﺑﺎز ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪه اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎز‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‪ U‬ﻧﻮع ﻛﺘﺮي‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎرﺳﺎز ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻨﺎور از ﻧﻮع ﻛﺘﺮي‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎرﺳﺎز ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻮع ﻛﺘﺮي‬
‫‪99‬‬
‫‪A.2.3.3.2‬‬
‫‪reboilers‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ورود ﻣﺎده واﺳﻂ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎل ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬
‫‪medium‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫‪Baffle‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ورودي‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ از ﻛﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻣﺎده واﺳﻂ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎز ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ‪ U‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﻮع ﻛﺘﺮي )ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ(‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻧﻮع ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ )ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ(‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع ﺳﺮ‬
‫واﻗﻌﻲ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ دو ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اي‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭽﻲ‬
‫‪Plate type heat exchanger‬‬
‫آب‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫‪condensates‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎرﺳﺎز‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ اي‬
‫‪Stab-in exchanger‬‬
‫‪101‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 3-3-3-2-‬ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬
‫‪A.2.3.3.3 Air coolers‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎ )ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ(‬
‫ﻛﺮﻛﺮه ﻛﻨﺘﺮل)در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز(‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻜﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن دﻣﻨﺪه‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﮔﺎم ﭘﺮه ﻫﺎ )اﮔﺮﻻزم‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( }ﻳﺎدآوري ‪{1‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوري‪:‬‬
‫‪Note:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬درﺻﺪ ﺑﺎدزنﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴـﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴـﺮات اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴـﻚ ﮔـﺎم را‬
‫دارﻧﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1) Indicate percentage of fans with automatic‬‬‫‪variable pitch.‬‬
‫‪A.2.3.3.4 Film evaporator‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 4-3-3-2-‬ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻻﻳﻪاي‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻻﻳﻪاي‬
‫ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻻﻳﻪاي ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫‪102‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 4-3-2-‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬
‫‪A.2.3.4 Machinery‬‬
‫‪A.2.3.4.1 Pumps‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 1-4-3-2-‬ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ دوراﻧﻲ‬
‫)ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ دﻧﺪه اي(‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬
‫‪103‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اي ﻳﺎ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ )ﻧﻮع ﺑﺸﻜﻪ اي(‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ در ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اي ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﭼﺎه ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
‫‪104‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ )ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻣﻮاد ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه(‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب )ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻣﻮاد ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻮرﻧﺪه(‬
‫‪105‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 2-4-3-2-‬ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ و ﺑﺎدزن ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪A.2.3.4.2 Compressors and fans‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﻣﻮﺗﻮري‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ )ﺗﻚ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اي(‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ )ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اي(‬
‫‪106‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﻣﻮﺗﻮري‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎدزن)دﻣﻨﺪه(‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر دوراﻧﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 3-4-3-2-‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺮك ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ دﻧﺪه‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮر اﺣﺘﺮاﻗﻲ‬
‫‪Diesel Motor‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮر دﻳﺰل‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﺎزي‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ )ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ(‬
‫‪107‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫‪A.2.3.5 Miscellaneous mechanical equipment‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 5-3-2-‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬
‫‪A.2.3.5.1 Crusher‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 1-5-3-2-‬ﺧﺮد ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺧﺮدﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻮرد ﭼﻜﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺮد ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻮرد‬
‫ﺧﺮد ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺮدﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﮔﻴﺮه اي‬
‫ﺧﺮدﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﺮﺧﻲ ﮔﺮدان‬
‫‪108‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 2-5-3-2-‬ﻏﺮﺑﺎل‬
‫‪A.2.3.5.2 Screen‬‬
‫↓‬
‫ﻏﺮﺑﺎل ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﻲ ﺗﻚ ﻛﻒ ﺷﻴﺐ دار‬
‫ﻏﺮﺑﺎل ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﻲ ﻛﻒ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺷﻴﺐ دار‬
‫ﻏﺮﺑﺎل ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﻲ ﺗﻚ ﻛﻒ اﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺑﺎل ﺧﻤﻴﺪه‬
‫ﻏﺮﺑﺎل ﭼﺮﺧﻨﺪه‬
‫‪SCREEN BEND‬‬
‫‪REVOLVING SCREEN‬‬
‫‪109‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪ زﻧﺠﻴﺮي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮار ﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻏﻠﻄﻜﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮري‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻏﻠﻄﻜﻲ ﺛﻘﻠﻲ‬
‫‪CHUTE‬‬
‫ﻧﺎودان ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﺛﻘﻠﻲ‬
‫وﻳﺒﺮاﺗﻮر ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﺮزﻧﺪه‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻧﻮاري ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اي‬
‫‪Can Conveyor‬‬
‫‪110‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 3-5-3-2 -‬ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ‬
‫‪A.2.3.5.3 Drier‬‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ )ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ(‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ ﻧﻮاري‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ دوار‬
‫ﻛﻮره ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ دار ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ ﻟﺮزﻧﺪه ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻪ اي‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ دار ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫‪111‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﺎل ﺷﺪه‬
‫‪FLUDIZED BED DRIER‬‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ ﻻﻳﻪاي‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دوار ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﻟﻚ ﺳﺎز‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اي‪ ،‬ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ ﻗﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﺘﺤﺮك‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚﻛﻦ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫‪A.2.3.5.4. Centrifuge‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 4-5-3-2-‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻛﻦ اﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫‪112‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎﺳﻪ دﻳﺴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ و ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﺰاز ﻣﺮﻛﺰ دﻳﺴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﺰاز ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺴﻜﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﻮراﺧﺪار‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻨﺪه‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﻛﻦ‬
‫‪113‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﻮراخ دار‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 5-5-3-2-‬آﺳﻴﺎب‬
‫آﺳﻴﺎب ﺟﺖ‬
‫‪A.2.3.5.5 Mill‬‬
‫آﺳﻴﺎب ﺿﺮﺑﻪ اي‬
‫آﺳﻴﺎب ﺟﺖ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺟﺎﻣﺪ وﮔﺎز‬
‫آﺳﻴﺎب ﭼﻜﺸﻲ‪ ،‬آﺳﻴﺎب ﺿﺮﺑﻪاي‬
‫آﺳﻴﺎب ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 6-5-3-2-‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ زن )ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦ(‬
‫ﻫﻢ زن ﭘﺎروﻳﻲ ﺑﺰرگ‬
‫آﺳﻴﺎب ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫آﺳﻴﺎب ﻏﻠﻄﻜﻲ‬
‫)‪A.2.3.5.6 Agitator (Mixer‬‬
‫ﻫﻢ زن ﺑﺎ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﭘﻬﻦ ﭘﺎروﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻢ زن‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻢ زن – ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫‪114‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﻫﻢ زن‬
‫ﭘﺮه اي‬
‫ﻫﻢ زن ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭽﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻢ زن ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻢ زن ﻟﻨﮕﺮي‬
‫ﻫﻢ زن ﺗﻴﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﺪري‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪاي‬
‫ﻫﻢ زن ﻣﻠﺨﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻢ زن‬
‫ﻇﺮف ﻫﻢ زن ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺮك ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 7-5-3-2-‬آﻛﺴﺘﺮودر‬
‫آﻛﺴﺘﺮودر ﻧﻮع ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺮك ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫آﻛﺴﺘﺮودر‬
‫آﻛﺴﺘﺮودر ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮاﺷﻴﺪن ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫‪115‬‬
‫‪A.2.3.5.7. Extruder‬‬
‫آﻛﺴﺘﺮودر ﻧﻮع ﭘﻴﭽﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 8-5-3-2-‬ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫‪A.2.3.5.8 Separator‬‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺿﺮﺑﻪاي‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺛﻘﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‪ ،‬ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‪ ،‬ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎز ﻣﺮﻃﻮب‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫رﺳﻮب ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺮﻃﻮب اﻟﻜﺘﺮواﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻟﻜﺘﺮواﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎز و ﻧﺘﻮري‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻧﺘﻮري‬
‫‪116‬‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دوراﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 9-5-3-2-‬ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻮاري ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫‪A.2.3.5.9 Filter‬‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻪ اي دوار‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ دوار‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﺎرﺗﺮﻳﺠﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﺪي‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻓﻌﺎل‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﺒﺎدل ﻳﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫‪117‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻮاري‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﺴﻪ اي‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﮔﺎز‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎرﺗﺮﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺎزﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﻮا‪،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﻮا‪ ،‬راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ آﻛﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ذرات ﺧﻴﻠﻲ رﻳﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺎزﻫﺎ‬
‫‪118‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 10-5-3-2-‬ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت اﻧﺒﻮه‬
‫‪A.2.3.5.10 Bulk loading‬‬
‫‪Articulated loading arm‬‬
‫)‪(road/rail car loading‬‬
‫ﺑﺎزوي ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ‬
‫)ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي رﻳﻞ ﺟﺎده ‪ ،‬اﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ(‬
‫‪Telescopic loading lance‬‬
‫)‪(road/rail car loading‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰه ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﻠﺴﻜﻮﭘﻲ‬
‫)ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ رﻳﻠﻲ و ﺟﺎده اي(‬
‫‪Marine loading arm‬‬
‫ﺑﺎزوي ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي درﻳﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫‪Marine loading arm with‬‬
‫‪emergency release system‬‬
‫ﺑﺎزوي ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي درﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رﻫﺎﻛﺮدن در زﻣﺎن‬
‫اﺿﻄﺮاري‬
‫‪119‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 11-5-3-2-‬دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬
‫‪A.2.3.5.11 Other miscellaneous equipment‬‬
‫ﻛﻮره ﭘﺨﺖ دوار‬
‫اﺗﻮﻛﻼو‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن وﻫﻴﺪروﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ دﻫﻨﺪه اﻧﺪازه )ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ(‬
‫ﭼﺮخ زن ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦ ﻧﻮاري‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ دوﻃﺮﻓﻪ‬
‫‪120‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺧﻤﻴﺮﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫داﻧﻪ ﺳﺎز‬
‫آﺳﻴﺎب‬
‫‪WEIGHING PLATFORM, FLOOR‬‬
‫‪SCALES, WEIGHT BRIDGE‬‬
‫ﺗﺮازوي ﻧﻮاري‬
‫ﺳﻜﻮي وزن ﻛﺮدن‪ ،‬ﺗﺮازوي ﻛﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺮازوي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﻜﻮل‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫دودﻛﺶ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ دود ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ آﺗﺶ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬
‫‪121‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﻮل اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻟﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ داﻧﻪ ﺳﺎز‬
‫ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي اﻧﺒﻮه‬
‫ﭘﺮس ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺮس ﻏﻠﻄﺎن‬
‫زﻻل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ دو ﻣﺤﺮﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮري )ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ(‬
‫ﺻﻴﻘﻞ دﻫﻨﺪه‬
‫روﻏﻦ ﮔﺮداﺑﻲ‬
‫‪122‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮن اﺗﺎق دار‬
‫ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮ –واﮔﻦ ﻣﺨﺰن دار‬
‫ﻛﻒ ﮔﻴﺮ روﻏﻦ ﺷﻨﺎور‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻆ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻛﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﺨﺎر )درﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم(‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ اﻧﺤﺮاف ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ﻣﻨﺤﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﻨﺪﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫‪123‬‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﺧﺎك‬/‫آﺟﺮ‬/‫ ﺑﺘﻦ‬4-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.4 Concrete/Birck/Soil
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION ‫ﺷــــﺮح‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
Brickwork
Concrete (reinforced)
Refractory clay,
Refractory bricks
Soil
124
‫آﺟﺮﻛﺎري‬
(‫ﺑﺘﻦ )ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺧﺎك ﻧﺴﻮز‬
‫آﺟﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﺴﻮز‬
‫ﺧﺎك‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪APPENDIX B‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب‬
‫)‪P&IDs/UFDs TITLE BLOCK (TYPICAL‬‬
‫ﻛﺎدر ﻋﻨﻮان ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ‪) UFD/P&ID‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ(‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎرﻛﺖ ﺗﻀﺎﻣﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫‪125‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج‬
‫‪APPENDIX C‬‬
‫ﻛﺎدرﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‪P&ID‬‬
‫‪REFERENCE BLOCKS ON P&IDS‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻛﺎدرﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ زﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط‬
‫‪1. Reference blocks at the bottom of the drawing‬‬
‫‪(only to be used for process and instrument‬‬
‫‪lines routing over the subject Unit battery limit).‬‬
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ در ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺮز ﻣﺤﺪوده واﺣﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮدد(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺧﻂ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪاء ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدار ‪P&ID‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎت‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻛﺎدرﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺟـﻊ در ﻛﻨـﺎر ﻧﻘـﺸﻪ )ﻓﻘـﻂ ﺑـﺮاي اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫‪2. Reference blocks at the side of drawing (only to‬‬
‫‪be used for process and instrument lines inside‬‬
‫‪the same Unit).‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ در داﺧﻞ ﻫﻤﺎن واﺣﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺧﻂ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﺒﺪاء ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدار ‪P&ID‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎت‬
‫‪ -3‬ﭘﻴﻜﺎن ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺮاي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل و اﺗـﺼﺎل‬
‫‪3. Reference arrows for instrument, control system‬‬
‫‪and software linkage signals at the inside of‬‬
‫‪drawing (for the signals terminating or‬‬
‫‪originating at the side or bottom of drawing see‬‬
‫‪items 1 and 2 above).‬‬
‫ﻧــﺮم اﻓــﺰاري در داﺧــﻞ ﻧﻘــﺸﻪ )ﺑــﺮاي ﺧﺎﺗﻤــﻪ ﻳــﺎ آﻏــﺎز‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎلﻫﺎ در ﻛﻨﺎر ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ رﺟـﻮع ﺑـﻪ ﻗﻠـﻢ ‪ 1‬و ‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﺷﻮد(‬
‫اداﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎت و ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدار‪P&I D‬‬
‫‪126‬‬
127
BFW
RFW
CWR
CWS
‫آب ﺧﻮراك دﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎر‬
BOILER FEED WATER
‫آب ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪي‬
REFRIGERATED WATER
‫آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬
COOLING WATER RETURN
‫آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
COOLING WATER SUPPLY
‫آب ﺧﻮراك دﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
MP BOILER FEED WATER
REF.D
WG
‫اﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬
BFW
COC
LPC
MPC
HPC
LLPS
LPS
MPS
HPS
‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫آب ﺧﻮراك دﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎر‬
BOILER FEED WORK
‫ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت ﺳﺮد‬
COLD CONDENSATE
‫ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
LP CONDENSATE
‫ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
MP CONDENSATE
‫ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ‬
HP CONDENSATE
‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
LOW LOW PRESSURE
STEAM
‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
LP STEAM
‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
MP STEAM
HP STEAM
DESCRIPTIO
‫ﺷـــــﺮح‬
REF.D
WG
‫اﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬
NG
FLG
RFO
NIT
PA
IA
FLR
‫ﻧﻴﺘﺮوژن‬
‫ﻫﻮاي ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
NATURAL GAS
FUEL GAS
‫ﮔﺎز ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺎز ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﻮره ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎه‬
REFINERY FUEL OIL
NITROGEN
PLANT AIR
‫ﻫﻮاي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
INSTRUM ENT AI R
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬
FLARE DISCHARGE
DESCRIPTIO
‫ﺷـــــﺮح‬
REF.D
WG
‫اﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬
APPENDIX D
UTILITIES IDENTIFICATION TABLE
(TYPICAL)
MBW
HP BOILER FEED WATER
HBW
‫آب ﺧﺎم‬
‫آب ﺧﻮراك دﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ‬
RAW WATER
(‫آب ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ )ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬
PLANT WATER (SERVICE
WATER)
‫آب ﺑﺪون اﻣﻼح‬
RWA
PWA
DEMINERIZED WATER
DMW
‫آب آﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ‬
DRINKING WATER
DWA
‫آب آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
FIRE WATER
FWA
DESCRIPTIO
‫ﺷـــــﺮح‬
UTILITIES IDENTIFICATION
(‫ﺟﺪول ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ)ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
APPENDIX E
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫـ‬
NOZZLES IDENTIFICATIONS ON
VESSELS, REACTORS AND TOWERS
‫ رآﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ و ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎي ﻇﺮوف‬
The following symbols will
identification of the nozzles:
be
used
for
.‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد‬
Nozzle Identification Symbol
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ ﻧـــﺎزل‬
‫ وروديﻫﺎ‬A.A2
A,A2
Inlets
B
Outlet
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
B
C
Condensate
‫ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت‬
C
D
Drain or Draw-off
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻴﺪن‬
D
E*
E*
‫ﺧﻮراك‬
F
‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻳﺎ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي‬
G
Handhole
‫ﺳﻮراخ دﺳﺘﻲ‬
H
Pumpout
‫ﺧﺎرج ﻛﺮدن‬
J
F
Feed
G
Level gage or gage glass
H
J
K*
K*
L
Level instrument (also LT, LI)
M
Manhole
N
Reboiler connection
P
Pressure connection (also PT, PI)
R
Reflux
S
Steam or sample connection
T
Temperature connection (also TI, TE, TW)
V
Vapor or vent
W
Relief valve connection
(Oversize unless actual size known)
(LI ‫ و‬LT ‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺳﻄﺢ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
L
‫درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو‬
M
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎز ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪه‬
N
(PI ‫ و‬PT ‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﺸﺎر )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
P
‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬
R
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺨﺎر ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي‬
S
( TI,TE,TW ‫اﺗﺼﺎل دﻣﺎ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
T
‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﻳﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬
V
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن )اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ‬
(‫اﻧﺪازه ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
W
‫از‬،‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑـﺮده ﻧﻤـﻲ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‬K ‫ ﻳﺎ‬E ‫* از‬
*Use E or K when non of the other symbols apply.
Do not use I, O, Q, U, X, Y, or Z.
.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﻮد‬Z ‫ ﻳﺎ‬I,O,Q,U,X,Y
128
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
APPENDIX F
PRESSURE RATINGS DESIGNATIONSNOMINAL SIZE (IMPERIAL-METRIC)
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ و‬
– ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﺸﺎر – اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ )اﻣﭙﺮﻳﺎل‬
(‫ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ‬
IMPERIAL-METRIC
‫ اﻣﭙﺮﻳﺎل‬- ‫ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ‬
PRESSURE
CLASSES
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻓﺸﺎر‬
DN
DESIGNATION
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
4500
20
50
68
100
150
250
420
760
DN ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
Equivalent pressure ratings designations.
IMPERIAL
‫اﻣﭙﺮﻳﺎل‬
METRIC
‫ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ‬
PRESSURE
CLASSES
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻓﺸﺎر‬
DN
DESIGNATION
25
125
250
800(2)
2.5
6
10
25
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬DN
Rating designations which have not exact equivalents
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎدل ﻣﻘﺪار ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻌﺎدل دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
Notes:
:‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﭼﺪﻧﻲ‬ASME B 16.1 ‫( ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬1
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي‬API 602 ‫( ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬2
1) As per ASME B16.1 for cast iron valves.
2) As per API 602 for steel valves.
129
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
APPENDIX G
PIPE COMPONENT-NOMINAL SIZE
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ز‬
‫اﺟﺰاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ – اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ‬
The purpose of this Appendix is to present an
equivalent identity for the piping components
nominal size in SI system and imperial unit
system, in accordance with ISO 6708-1980 (E).
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر از اﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدن ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ و اﻣﭙﺮﻳﺎل ﻃﺒﻖ‬SI ‫اﺟﺰاء ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ در ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISO-6708 – 1980 (E)
Table G.1- Pipe Component-Nominal Size (Metric- Imperial)
(‫ اﺟﺰاء ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ – اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ )ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ – اﻣﭙﺮﻳﺎل‬1-‫ﺟﺪول ز‬
NOMINAL SIZE
NOMINAL SIZE
NOMINAL SIZE
NOMINAL SIZE
‫اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ‬
DN(1)
6
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
NPS(2)
¼
½
¾
1
1/4
1
1/2
1
2
1/2
2
3
1/2
3
DN
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
NPS
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
DN
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1) Diameter Nominal, mm.
2) Nominal pipe Size. Inch.
NPS
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
DN
1100
1150
1200
1300
1400
1500
1800
NPS
44
46
48
52
56
60
72
mm ،‫( ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬1
Inch ، ‫( اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬2
130
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-230(1‬‬
‫‪APPENDIX H‬‬
‫‪TYPICAL SAMPLE CONNECTION‬‬
‫‪DETAILS FOR GASES AND LIGHT‬‬
‫‪LIQUIDS‬‬
‫)‪(RVP ≥ 34.5 KPa‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ح‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي ﮔﺎزﻫﺎ و ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﺳﺒﻚ‬
‫ﻧﻮع ‪ :1‬ﮔﺎز ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ورودي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ﻧﻮع ‪ :2‬ﮔﺎز ﺳﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﺳﺒﻚ‬
‫‪TYPE 2: NON TOXIC GAS‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ورودي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫‪131‬‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
APPENDIX I
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ط‬
BLOCK AND BYPASS VALVES FOR
CONTROL VALVE
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد و ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ ﺑﺪون ﺷﻴﺮ اﻧﺴﺪاد و ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر‬1- ‫ط‬
I.1 Without Block and Bypass Valves
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻧﺴﺪاد و ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي را ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺪون زﻳﺎن اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺴﺖ‬
،‫وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اداﻣﻪ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺿﺮوري ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻳﻚ واﺣﺪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺠﺎم ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎر ﺳﺎده )از‬
.‫ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﭘﻜﻴﻨﮓ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل( در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد و ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر ﻣﻮرد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻜﻪ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫دﺳﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ اﺑﺰار ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد و ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺎﻻت زﻳﺮ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬
:‫ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Block and bypass valve system may not be
necessary where the process can be shut-down to
repair the control valve without significant
economic loss or where the process can not be
feasibly operated through the bypass. However,
the consequences of shutting down a process Unit
to perform a simple task ( such as replacing
control valve packing) should always be
considered. In cases where the block and bypass
valves are not used, the control valve should be
equipped with a hand wheel or other operating
devices.
Block and bypass valves are not always necessary
in the following cases:
‫اﻟﻒ( ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻻت ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك از‬
a) In instances where it is desirable to reduce the
sources of leakage of hazardous fluids, such
as hydrogen, phenol, or hydrofluoric acid;
.‫ ﻓﻨﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻴﺪروﻓﻠﻮرﻳﻚ اﺳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬،‫ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر‬
b) In clean service where the operating conditions
are mild, and o‫ﮔﻴﺮي‬
mission
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬of valves will not
jeopardize the safety or operability of the
Unit;
‫ب( در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺎي ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ و ﺣﺬف‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺧﻄﺮي ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت واﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد ﻧﻤﻲ‬
.‫آورد‬
c) In temporary services such as start-up or shutdown, and where the other operation
modes are possible while the repairing of
control valve, such as blending system of
oil;
‫ج( در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﻗﺖ از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ راه اﻧﺪازي ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ و ﻫﺮﺟﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان در ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل اﻣﻜﺎن ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت دﻳﮕﺮ از‬
.‫ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ اﺧﺘﻼط ﻧﻔﺖ را داﺷﺖ‬
‫د(ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻦ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
d) Pressure self regulating valves;
‫ﻫ( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
e) Shut-off valves
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد و ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر‬2- ‫ط‬
I.2 With Block and Bypass Valves
The following services should be provided with
block and bypass valves:
‫در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد و ﻛﻨﺎر‬
a) Services where omission of valves will
jeopardize the safety or operability of the
Unit;
‫ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت واﺣﺪ را‬،‫اﻟﻒ(ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺬف ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
:‫ﮔﺬر ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﻲ اﻧﺪازﻧﺪ‬
‫ب( ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ داراي ذرات ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺎﻻت ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮاب ﺷﺪن ﺗﺮﻳﻢ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه و ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ دارﻧﺪ‬
b) Services containing abrasive solids or
corrosive fluids result in damage of trim of
control valve, and require the repair;
c) In lethal services;
‫ج( در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﮔﺒﺎر‬.
d) In product rundown and feed supplying
services;
‫د( در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺎي ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل و ﺧﻮراك‬
‫ﻫ( در ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
e) In fuel supply system;
‫ ﺷـﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل‬،‫و( در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺎده واﺳﻂ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛـﻦ‬
f) In cooling medium supply service; Control
132
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
valves less than DN 50 (2 inch) size. The
block and bypass valves are required due to
small diameter of trim, and may have a
possibility of plugging of sludge or foreign
matters;
‫ ﺑـﻪ ﻋﻠـﺖ ﻗﻄـﺮ ﻛـﻢ‬.DN50 (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬2) ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از اﻧﺪازه‬
،‫ﺗﺮﻳﻢ و اﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن در اﺛﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ و ﻟﺠـﻦ‬
. ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد و ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
g) In services that are flashing or at high
differential pressure.
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ز( در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ آﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ اﺧﺘﻼف ﻓـﺸﺎر زﻳـﺎد‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬3- ‫ط‬
I.3 Additional Requirements for Control
Valves
Notwithstanding the requirements outlined in
article I.1 and I.2 above the following notes
should also be considered:
‫ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻮارد‬2-‫ و ط‬1-‫ﺑﺎ وﺟﻮد اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي ط‬
:‫ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫زﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ در ﺑﺎﻻدﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬1-3-‫ط‬
‫در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻻدﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ از ﻛـﺎر‬
.‫اﻓﺘﺎدن ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ دﺳﺖ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل را ﻧﺘـﻮان از دﻳﮕـﺮ‬2-3-‫ط‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺪا ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫در ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ دﺳﺖ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ در ﺑﺎﻻدﺳﺖ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل ﻳـﻚ ﺷـﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ ﺑـﻪ‬3-3-‫ط‬
..‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣـﻴﻦ در ﭘـﺎﺋﻴﻦ دﺳـﺖ ﺷـﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬4-3-‫ط‬
،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﻴﺎل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺳـﻤﻲ ﻳـﺎ ﺧﻮرﻧـﺪه ﺑـﻮده‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ و ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل در ﺣﺎﻟـﺖ ﺑـﺴﺘﻪ‬
I.3.1 Provide an upstream isolation valve for all
control valves unless the upstream system is to be
shutdown on control valve failure.
I.3.2 Provide a downstream isolation valve
whenever the downstream side of the control
valve can not be isolated from other continuously
operating pressure sources.
I.3.3 Provide a drain valve upstream of all control
valves.
I.3.4 Provide a drain valve downstream of the
control valve only when the process fluid is toxic
or corrosive and for tight shut-off services and fail
to close valve.
. ‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮد‬، ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻗﻄﻊ ﻫﻮا‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد و ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر‬4-‫ط‬
I.4 Sizes of Block and Bypass Valves
IPS-E-IN-160 ‫ ﺑـﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد و ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔـﺬر‬
For sizes of block and bypass valves, reference
should be made to IPS-E-IN-160,”Control
Valves”.
.‫"ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل" ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
133
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
APPENDIX J
PHILOSOPHY OF INSTRUMENTATION
INSTALLATION
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ي‬
‫ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن و ﻛﻤﻴﺖ‬1-‫ي‬
J.1 Flow and Quantity
‫ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل و ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬،‫روي ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺧﻮراك‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﺎﻓﻲ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن و ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ دﻫﻨﺪه دﻣﺎ و ﻓﺸﺎر ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر‬،‫ﻧﻤﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮان اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت و ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت ﺣﺮارت‬
.‫و ﻣﻮازﻧﻪ ﺟﺮم ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ واﺣﺪ را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
Sufficient flow metering, temperature and
pressure indications shall be installed in feed,
rundown, and utility streams to provide
information for the operation and the calculation
of heat, pressure and material balances for each
individual Unit.
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺸﺪاردﻫﻨﺪه و ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬2-‫ي‬
J.2 Alarm and Safeguarding System
‫اﮔﺮ از ﻛﺎراﻓﺘﺎدن ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌـﻪ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات واﺣـﺪ ﻳـﺎ ادوات اﺑـﺰار‬
‫دﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻞ را ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﺮاﺗﻲ ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫و ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺿﺮر اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي و ﻳﺎ آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ زﻳـﺴﺖ ﺷـﻮد ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
.‫ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬/‫ﻫﺸﺪار دﻫﻨﺪه و‬
،‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺧﻮدﻛـﺎر‬
‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘـﺪار ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑـﻞ ﻗﺒـﻮل ﺑﺮﺳـﺪ واﺣـﺪ‬
If failure of any piece of plant equipment or its
associated instrumentation may give rise to
hazards for personnel, to consequence with
considerable economic loss, or to undue
environmental
pollution,
alarm
and/or
safeguarding instruments shall be installed.
Where appropriate, safeguarding equipment shall
be automatically bring the relevant plant or part of
the plant to a safe condition when a desired
measurement reaches an unacceptable value.
.‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از واﺣﺪ را ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﻳﻤﻦ در آورد‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬3-‫ي‬
J.3 Separate Instrument Connections
‫ ﻗﺎﺑـﻞ اﻃﻤﻴﻨـﺎن‬،‫ اﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺗﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺧﻄﺮات‬
‫ ﻣﺴﺪود ﺷﺪن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﻴـﺮي‬،‫ﺑﻮدن اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪا از آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻧﺮﻣﺎل ﻫـﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫ ﻧـﺸﺎن داده‬P&ID ‫در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ اﻧﺠـﺎم و در ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫـﺎي‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺟــﺪا ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺑﺮاي ادوات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫـﺎي‬
:‫ﻗﻄﻊ از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ و ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬-
Depending on potential hazards, operational
importance, instrument reliability, plugging of
connections, etc, the need for separate
connections from those for normal operation shall
be decided upon in the design stage and indicated
on P&IDs.
Separate connections are especially required for
instrument of shut-down systems, such as:
- High or Low pressure point which actuate shutdown system.
- High or Low temperature connection which
actuate shut-down system.
.‫ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ و ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬-
- High High or Low Low Level connection which
actuate shut-down system.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻻ و ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ را ﻓﻌﺎل‬.‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
134
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
APPENDIX K
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ك‬
MINIMUM REQUIREMENT FOR PIPING
& INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAMS
‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و‬
‫( در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻃﺮ اﺣﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬P &IDs) ‫ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
(P &IDS) IN BASIC DESIGN STAGE
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻗﻼم زﻳﺮ وﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ‬P &IDs
P &IDs shall comprise but not limited to the
following items:
:‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Note:
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
All details shall be consistent with the relevant
process flow diagram and other process
documents.
‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ و‬
.‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺪارك ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
1. All process equipment including installed
stand-by equipment.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑـﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آﻣﺎده ﺑﻪ‬-1
2. Insulation equipments of lines (heat
conservation, process stabilization or "not
insulated") shall be shown on the P & ID.
‫ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬،‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﺎﻳﻖﮔﺬاري ﺧﻄﻮط )ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺣﺮارت‬-2
3. Equipment, instruments or piping which
are traced, jacketed or insulated.
‫ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ داراي‬،‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬-3
4. Tower and vertical drum elevations from
ground and tangent line elevations.
‫ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻋﻤﻮدي از زﻣﻴﻦ و ارﺗﻔﺎعﻫﺎي‬،‫ ارﺗﻔﺎعﻫﺎي ﺑﺮج‬-4
5. Horizontal drum minimum elevations and
slope.
.‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎت و ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﺨﺰن اﻓﻘﻲ‬-5
6. Relative elevations of all equipment and
piping where gravity or 2- phase flow is taking
place, e.g. reboilers. Condensers, seal pots.
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎعﻫﺎي ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮوي‬-6
.‫ﻛﺎر‬
.‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬P &ID ‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي‬
.‫ﻋﺎﻳﻖ و ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼف ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺧﻂ ﺗﺎﻧﮋاﻧﺖ‬
،‫ﺛﻘﻞ و ﺟﺮﻳﺎن دوﻓﺎز ﺷﺪن ﻣﻮﺛﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫﺎ و ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎي آب ﺑﻨﺪي‬
7. Equipment characteristic parameters
dimension plus design temperature, pressure
and material of construction shall be given at
the top of the P &ID.
‫ اﺑﻌﺎد ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎراﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ دﻣﺎ‬-7
8. Required line slope, relative, location of
equipment or special conditions such ad
required vertical loop dimensions, gravity
lines with or without pockets, etc.
‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬،‫ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬،‫ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺧﻂ ﻻزم‬-8
P ‫و ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃـﺮاﺣـﻲ و ﺟﻨﺲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻي‬
.‫& ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬ID
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺛﻘﻞ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ اﺑﻌﺎد ﻟﻮپ )ﻣﺪار( ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻻزم‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪون ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
9. Vents and drains required for process or
operating reasons (not hydraulic testing).
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ و ﻫﻮا ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ و ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت )ﺑﻪ‬-9
10. Steam, hot water or solvent tracing of lines
and instruments.
.‫ آب داغ و ﺣﻼل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺧﻄﻮط و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬،‫ ﺑﺨﺎر‬-10
.(‫ﻏﻴﺮ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻚ‬
135
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
11. Gas or liquid purging or flushing of
control valves, instruments or relief valves,
including their inlet and outlet isolating
valves.
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
،‫ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎزي ﮔﺎز ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬-11
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ورودي‬
.‫و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
12. All start 0 up, by- pass, shutdown and
emergency lines and lines for anticipated
alternative operations.
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ و ﺧﻄﻮط‬،‫ ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط راهاﻧﺪازي‬-12
13. All instruments required for proper
operation of the PLANT.
.‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺿﺮوري ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ واﺣﺪ‬-13
14. Instrumentation control loops including
interlocks,
sequence
and
emergency
shutdown.
،‫ ﻣﺪار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬-14
.‫اﺿﻄﺮاري و ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت دﻳﮕﺮ‬
.‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ و ﺑﺴﺘﻦ اﺿﻄﺮاري‬
15. Control valves response on air failure.
.‫ واﻛﻨﺶ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل در زﻣﺎن ﻗﻄﻊ ﻫﻮا‬-15
16. Instrument tag numbers.
.‫ ﺷﻤﺎرهﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬-16
17. Process specific installation position of
piping components (if applicable).
‫ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻧﺼﺐ اﺟﺰاء ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ )در‬-17
18. Kind and item number of special
components.
.‫ ﻧﻮع و ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص‬-18
19. Battery limited of each UTILITYUNITS/
OFF- site.
‫ﺧﺎرج از‬/‫ ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻫﺮ واﺣﺪ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬-19
20.
Measuring
transmission.
and
control
(‫ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ‬
signals
.‫ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎلﻫﺎ‬-20
21. Flow direction of signals when combining
several measuring and control circuits.
-‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎلﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ادﻏﺎم ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه‬-21
22. Electrical consumers other than motors,
such ad electrical heat tracings and heating
systems.
‫ از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬،‫ ﻣﺼﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ‬-22
23. Kind of signal or specific representation of
signaling lines, such as pneumatic, electric,
hydraulic, function line, capillary tubing.
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬،‫ ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺧﺎص ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻲ‬-23
24. The identification number and service
presentation shown for each piece of
equipment. This information shall be indicated
in or adjacent to rowers, drums, heaters, tanks,
heat exchangers and etc.
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن دادن ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ و ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ‬-24
.‫ﮔﻴﺮ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ و ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
.‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﻳﻲ‬،‫ ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬،‫ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺎدي‬
،‫ اﻳﻦ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬،‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﻧﺸﺎن داده‬،‫ ﻣﺨﺎزن‬،‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻇﺮوف‬
.‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
:‫ ﺷﺮح ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ‬-25
25. Equipment description as follows all
equipment:
136
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
Note:
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Equipment description of towers, vessels, tanks,
furnaces, exchangers, mixers, and other
equipment except machinery shall be located
along the top of the flow diagram. Machinery
descriptions shall be along the bottom.
‫ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﻛﻮرهﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻇﺮوف ﻣﺨﺎزن‬،‫ﺷﺮح ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦآﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﻣﺘﺪاد‬
‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﻣﺘﺪاد ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
a) Vessels, Reactors, Towers, Tanks and
Drums:
:‫ﻣﺨﺎزن و ﻇﺮوف اﻓﻘﻲ‬،‫ ﺑﺮجﻫﺎ‬،‫ رآﻛﺘﻮرﻫـﺎ‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﻇﺮوف‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠــﻢ )اﻳﻦ ﺷﻤـﺎره ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﺰن ذﻛﺮ‬-1
،(‫ﻣـﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
1. Item number (this number will also
appear adjacent to the vessel),
،‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬-2
2. Service,
3. Dimensions: (ID and length (T/T) or
height (for tanks),
‫( ﻳﺎ ارﺗﻔﺎع )ﺑﺮاي‬T/T) ‫ ﻃﻮل‬- ID ) ‫ اﻧﺪازهﻫــﺎ‬-3
،(‫ﻣﺨﺎزن‬
4. Design pressure (internal/external) and
design temperature,
‫ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ( و دﻣــﺎي‬/ ‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃـﺮاﺣــﻲ )دروﻧﻲ‬-4
،‫ﻃـﺮاﺣﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ و ﻧﻮع‬-5
5. Indication of insulation and type,
(‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ اﺳﻤﻨﻲ )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺨﺎزن‬-6
6. Nominal capacity (fir tanks),
7.
.(‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ روﻛﺶ ﻓﻠﺰي و آﺳﺘﺮي )در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬-7
Indication of cladding and lining (if
any).
‫ دﻳﮓﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر و آﺷﻐﺎل‬،‫ب ( ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻫﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬
b) Fired heaters, boilers and incinerators:
:‫ﺳﻮزﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ )اﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ذﻛﺮ‬-1
.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
،‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬-2
1. Item number (this number will also
appear adjacent to the equipment).
2. Service,
،(‫ اﻧﺮژي )ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ژول ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬-3
3. Duty (kj/s),
.‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎ‬-4
4. Design pressure and design temperature
of coils.
c) Heat exchangers,
reboilers:
air
coolers
‫ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ و‬،‫ج( ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
and
:‫ﺑﺎزﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ )اﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ذﻛﺮ‬-1
.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
1. Item number (this number will also
appear adjacent to the equipment).
،‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬-2
2. Service,
،(‫ اﻧﺮژي )ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ژول ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬-3
3. Duty (kj/s),
137
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
4. Design pressure (internal and external)
and design temperature of shell side
and tube side,
‫ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ( و دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬/‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ )دروﻧﻲ‬-4
5. Indication of insulation, fire proofing
and type,
.‫ دﻟﻴﻞ آﺗﺶ و ﻧﻮع‬،‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬-5
،‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺳﻤﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
:‫د ( ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦآﻻت دوار‬
d) Rotary machinery:
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ )اﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ذﻛﺮ‬-1
.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
1. Item number (this number will also
appear adjacent to the equipment).
،‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬-2
2. Service,
:‫ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ‬:‫ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬:‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ )ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎ‬-3
،(‫ﻧﺮﻣﺎل ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
3. Capacity (pumps: m3/h; compressors:
Nm3/h),
،(‫ اﺧﺘﻼف ﻓﺸﺎر )ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﺑﺎر‬-4
4. Differential pressure, (bar),
‫ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ )وزن ﻣﺨﺼﻮص( در دﻣﺎي روان‬-5
،(‫)ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
5. Relative density (Sp. Gr.) at flowing
temperature,
.‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬-6
6. Indication of insulation tracing.
-‫ ﺑﺎزﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪهﻫـــﺎ و ﮔﺮمﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،‫ﻫـ( ﻣﺒﺪلﻫــﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
e) Other miscellaneous equipment:
:‫ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ )اﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ذﻛﺮ‬-1
.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
1. Item number (this number will also
appear adjacent to the equipment).
،‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬-2
2. Service,
،‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬-3
3. Capacity,
،‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و دﻣﺎ‬-4
4. Differential pressure and temperature,
‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬-5
5. Indication of insulation or tracing.
26. Equipment indication as follows:
:‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ‬-26
:‫ ﺑﺎزﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪهﻫــﺎ و ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
a) Heat exchangers, reboilers and heaters:
،‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺎزلﻫﺎ‬-1
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ و‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي‬،(‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎن ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ‬/‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
،‫ﻛﻪ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ دادهﻫﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
1. All nozzles, instrument connection,
drains and vents (excluding high point
vents and low point drains), chemical
connection and safety relief valves as
indicated on the equipment data sheet,
،‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻋﻴﻨﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي‬-2
2. Spectacle blinds for the isolation,
138
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
3. Elevation required for process reasons,
Thermo wells shall be provided
between each shell side and tube side
of the same services when exchangers
are in series,
-‫ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬،‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي دﻻﻳﻞ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬-3
‫ﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﺎن وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺳﺮي‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺳﻤﺖ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬
4. The position of high liquid level
(HLL), normal liquid level (NLL) and
low liquid level (LLL) for kettle type
reboilers,
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺮﻣﺎل‬،(HLL) ‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-4
‫( ﺑﺮاي‬LLL) ‫( و ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬NLL) ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
،‫ﺑﺎزﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻛﺘﺮي‬
5.
.‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن در ﻫﺮ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﺒﺪل‬-5
Direction of flow each side of
exchanger.
b) Air coolers:
:‫ب ( ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬
1. All nozzles, instrument connection,
drains and vents,
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و‬،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺎزلﻫﺎ‬-1
،‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬
،‫ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي‬-2
2. Blinds for the isolation,
3. Any automatic control (fan pitch
control or louver control) and any
alarm (vibration alarm, etc),
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر )ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﮔﺎم ﺑﺎدزن ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬-3
،(‫ ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫)ﻛﺮﻛﺮه( و ﻫﺮ ﻫﺸﺪار )ﻫﺸﺪار ارﺗﻌﺎش‬
4. Configuration of inlet and outlet headers
and the branches,
‫ ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪﻫﺎي ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و‬-4
،‫اﻧﺸﻌﺎﺑﺎت‬
5.
‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت )در ﺻﻮرت‬-5
،(‫ﻧﻴﺎز‬
Steam coil and condensate recovery
system (if required),
(‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي )در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز‬-6
6. Isolation valves (if required),
7.
Valved vent and valved drain
connection for each header (in detail
design stage),
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ‬-7
،(‫ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪ )در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‬
8.
A board mounted TI at inlet and outlet.
Thermo wells shall be provided on the
outlet of each bundle for bundles.
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه روي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺮاي‬TI ‫ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ دﻣﺎ‬-8
‫ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ روي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻫﺮ‬.‫ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
.‫دﺳﺘﻪ از دﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬
c) Vessels, Reactors, Towers and Drums:
‫ ﺑﺮجﻫﺎ و ﻇﺮوف اﻓﻘﻲ‬،‫ رآﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ‬،‫ج ( ﻇﺮوف‬
1. Tray numbers, top and bottom trays
and those trays witch are necessary to
locate feed, reflux and product lines.
Trays shall be numbered from bottom
to top,
‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫـﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ و‬،‫ ﺷﻤﺎرهﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬-1
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط‬،‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ورود ﺧﻮراك‬
-‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬.‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ و ﻣﺤﺼﻮل را ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﺬاريﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
2. All draw-off trays with tray no. And
diagrammatic representation of the
down-comer position (e.g., side of
center),
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ از آﻧﻬﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬-2
‫( ﺑﺎ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و‬Draw-Off) ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮداري ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺎوداﻧﻲ )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﭘﻬﻠﻮ‬
(‫ﻳﺎ از ﻣﻴﺎن‬
139
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
،(‫ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ )در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬-3
3. Changes of shell diameter (if any),
4. All nozzles, manholes, instrument
connection, drains, vents, pump-out
and steam0out connection, blank-off
ventilation, vortex breakers, safety
relief valve connection, sample
connection and handholes. All nozzles
and connection shall be shown in
correct position as indicated in the
equipment data sheet,
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬،‫ درﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎي آدم رو‬،‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺎزلﻫﺎ‬-4
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬،‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬،‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
-‫ ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻦ‬،‫ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﻫﻮاﻛﺸﻬﺎ‬،‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧﻲ‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬،‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬/‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬،‫ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺎزلﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬.‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮي و دﺳﺖ رو‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
.‫دادهﻫﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
5. Skirt or legs, top and bottom tangent
lines,
،‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺗﺎﻧﮋاﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬،‫ داﻣﻦ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬-5
،‫دﻟﻴﻞ آﺗﺶ‬/‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬-6
6. Insulation/fire proofing requirement,
7. Minimum elevation required by
process reasons above base line to
bottom tangent line of column of to
bottom of horizontal drum,
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻻزم ﺑﻪ دﻻﻳﻞ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ارﺗﻔﺎع از‬-7
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺎﻧﮋاﻧﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺮج ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
،‫ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ‬
8. The position of high high liquid level
(HHKK), high liquid level (HLL),
normal liquid level (NLL), low liquid
level (LLL) and low low liquid level
(LLLL),
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ‬،(HHLL) ‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-8
،(NLL) ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺮﻣﺎل ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬،(HLL) ‫ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫( و ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬LLL) ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
،(LLLL) ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬-9
9. All flanged connections,
،‫ آﻛﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬-10
،‫ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي دودﻛﺶدار‬
‫ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬،‫ دﻳﺴﻚﻫﺎي دوار‬،‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ورودي ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻲ و دﻳﮕﺮ‬،‫ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻠﻮن‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
.‫اﺟﺰاءدروﻧﻲ‬
10. Catalyst beds, packing, demisters,
chimney trays, distributors, grids,
baffles,
rotating
discs,
mixers,
cyclones, and all other internals,
،‫ ﺑﻮت ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب‬-11
11. Water dropout boots,
12. Maintenance blinds for the vessel
nozzles,
،‫ ﻣﺴﺪودﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﺎزلﻫﺎي ﻇﺮف در زﻣﺎن ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬-12
13. A valved drain with blind flange for all
columns and vessels,
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪودﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬-13
،‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎم ﺑﺮجﻫﺎ و ﻇﺮوف‬
14. A valved vent with blind flange
provided on the top for all columns and
vessels,
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪودﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬-14
،‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ در ﺑﺎﻻي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺑﺮجﻫﺎ و ﻇﺮوف‬
15. Utility connection on all vessels and
columns,
،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻇﺮوف و ﺑﺮجﻫﺎ‬-15
16. One PI on top of all vessels and
columns,
،‫( روي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻇﺮوف و ﺑﺮجﻫﺎ‬PI) ‫ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر‬-16
140
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫( روي ﺧﻂ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻇﺮوف و‬TI) ‫ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ دﻣﺎ‬-17
،‫ﺑﺮجﻫﺎ‬
17. One TI on the top outlet of vessels and
columns.
d) Rotary machinery (Pumps, blowers and
compressors):
:‫ دﻣﻨﺪهﻫﺎ و ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر‬،‫د ( ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦآﻻت دوار )ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫـﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﺎزلﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬-1
‫زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮاي ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ )ﺑﻪ‬
،(‫اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
1. All nozzles including instrument
connection, valved drains and valved
vents (excluding vendor information),
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﻚ‬،‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ورودي و ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬-2
،‫ﻃﺮﻓﻪ‬
2. Suction valve and strainer, discharge
valve and check valve,
،‫ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦآﻻت‬-3
3. Type of the machinery,
4. Minimum bypass line for pumps
(where required),
(‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ )در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز‬-4
5. Winterization and/or heat
conservation/safety insulation,
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬/‫ﻳﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬/‫ ﺣﺮارت دﻫﻲ زﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ و‬-5
،‫ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
،‫ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﺧﻄﻮط ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و روﻏﻦ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬-6
6. Warm-up and flushing oil lines details,
7. Pressure gauge
discharge,
located
on
،‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر روي ﺧﻂ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬-7
the
(‫ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻓﺸﺎر )در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬-8
8. Pressure relief safety valve (if any),
9. Automatic start-up of standby unit (if
required),
،(‫ راهاﻧﺪازي ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ آﻣﺎده ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر )اﻛﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬-9
10. Balances or equalized line for vacuum
service,
‫ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺳﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬-10
،‫ﺧﻼء‬
11. Any start-up facilities for compressors
and blowers,
‫ ﻫﺮﻧﻮع ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت راهاﻧﺪازي ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ و‬-11
،‫دﻣﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
12. Suction and discharge pulsation where
required for compressors,
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ‬-12
،‫ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ‬
13. Interstage coolers where required for
compressors.
‫ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬-13
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ‬
e) Fired heaters, boilers and incinerators:
‫ دﻳﮓﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر و آﺷﻌﺎل‬،‫ﻫـ( ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬
:‫ﺳﻮزﻫﺎ‬
1. All nozzles, instrument connection,
drains vents and dampers,
،‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺎزلﻫﺎ‬-1
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ و ﺧﻔﻪﻛﻦﻫﺎ‬
2. Ducting arrangement including damper
actuators where required,
‫ آراﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻔﻪﻛﻦ ﻫﺮﺟﺎ‬-2
.‫ﻛﻪ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
3. Detail of draft gauges piping and
arrangement,
‫ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻮران و آراﻳﺶ‬-3
،‫آن‬
141
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺣﺮارت ﺗﻠﻒ ﺷﺪه )اﻛﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( از‬-4
‫ ﺑﺎدزن‬،‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ ﻫﻮا‬،‫ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ‬
،‫ ﺑﺎدزن ﻣﻜﺶ ﻛﻮران و ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫ﻛﻮران ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
4. Waste heat recovery system (if
required), such as economizer, air
preheater, forced draft fan, induced
draft tan, etc,
،(‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻛﻚ زداﻳﻲ )اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬-5
5. Decoking connection (if required),
6. Detail of one complete set of burners
for each cell and total burner number
required for each type of burner. The
fuel to the burners and relevant piping
and control valves shall be as per the
Employer’s standard drawing,
‫ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﻳﻚ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺸﻌﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺳﻞ و‬-6
‫ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻛﻞ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﻻزم از ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻌﻞﻫﺎ و ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ و ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
7. Tube coils schematically in correct
relative position and all skin point
thermocouples,
‫ ﻛﻮﻳﻞﻫﺎ در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎي ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ و ﻛﻠﻴﻪ‬-7
،‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
8. Logic diagram of shut down system
(heat of sequence),
،(‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ )ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﺮدن‬-8
،‫ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي‬-9
9. Blinds for the isolation,
10. Number of
arrangements,
passes
and
،(‫ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﮔﺬرﻫﺎ )ﭘﺎس( و ﻧﺤﻮه ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬-10
control
،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧﻲ‬-11
11. Blow-down and steam out connection,
،‫ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼت آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬-12
12. Testing facilities,
.(‫ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﻤﺮﻓﺘﻲ )در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-13
13. Convection section (where applicable).
f) Instrumentation:
1. All instrumentation
point,
‫و ( ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
including
test
،‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻘﺎط آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬-1
2. Block and bypass valve sizes at control
valve station,
،‫ اﻧﺪازه اﻧﺴﺪاد و ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺪر در ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬-2
3. Control valve sizes and air failure
action (FC, FO, FL),
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﻋﻤﻞ آن در زﻣﺎن ﻗﻄﻊ ﻫﻮا‬-3
،(‫ ﻗﻔﻞ‬،‫ ﺑﺎز‬،‫)ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
4. Level switches connection type and
level gauges/transmitters connection
type, range and center of float (where
NLL is not shown),
‫ ﻧﻮع اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻮﻳﭻ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻮع اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬-4
،‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ‬/‫دﻫﻨﺪه‬
5. Sequence of opening and closing for
the split range control valves,
‫ ﺗﻮاﻟﻲ ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن و ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎ‬-5
‫داﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺷﺪه‬
6. Solenoid shut-down devices at control
valves/shut-off valves,
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﻮﻟﻨﻮﺑﻴﺪي در ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬-6
،‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬/‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
7. Tight shut-off valves requirements
(where requirement),
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺪون ﻧﺸﺖ )در‬-7
،(‫ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم‬
142
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
8. Hand wheels when provided on control
valves,
،‫ ﻓﻠﻜﻪ دﺳﺘﻲ روي ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم‬-8
9. Limit switches on control valves when
required,
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه روي ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬-9
،‫درﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم‬
10. Mechanical stopper and/or signal
stopper on control valves when
required (from process point of view),
‫ ﺑﺎزدارﻧﺪه ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎزدارﻧﺪه روي‬-10
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم )از ﻣﻨﻈﺮ‬
،(‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
11. Push buttons and switches associated
with the control and shut-down
systems,
‫ دﻛﻤﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺎري و ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ‬-11
،‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
12. The instrument gag number for each
instrument,
‫ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام از ادوات اﺑﺰار‬-12
،‫دﻗﻴﻖ‬
13. Analyzer special notes as required,
،‫ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم‬-13
،‫ ﺣﺮارت دﻫﻲ زﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬-14
14. Winterization of instruments,
15. Compressor local board mounted
instrumentation (excluding vendor
information),
‫ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه روي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‬-15
،(‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
16. Software linkage and alarm and shutdown logic system. Complex shutdown systems shall be shown as a
"black box" with reference made to the
logic diagram shown on a separate
sheet, All actuating and actuated
devices shall be connected the "black
box"
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﺮماﻓﺰاري و ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻫﺸﺪار و‬-16
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎدر‬.‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎ اﺷﺎره ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ در آن ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ‬
‫در ﻳﻚ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ارﺟﺎع‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺮكﻫﺎ و ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ آن‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ وﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
17. All elements of advance control and
optimization system,
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺟﺰاء ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ و ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ‬-17
،‫ﺳﺎزي‬
18. Indication of :Readable/Visible From"
for all local indicators (receiver
instruments) and/of gages which shall
be readable/visible from d designated
valve,
‫" ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم‬Readable/Visible From" ‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬-18
‫ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻠﻲ )درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺑﺰار‬
‫ﻳﺎ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ‬/‫دﻗﻴﻖ( و‬
،‫دﻳﺪن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬/‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬،‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
19. Flow and temperature primary elements
type with their relevant tag numbers.
‫ ﻧﻮع ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن و دﻣﺎ و ﺷﻤﺎره ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ‬-19
.‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
g. Piping:
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬- ‫ز‬
g.1. General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-‫ز‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده‬P&ID ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻤﻮدار‬1-1-‫ز‬
g.1.1. All piping shall be shown on P&I
Diagrams, including:

IPS-E-PR-230(1)
:‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
Process lines:
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
143

Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)

Utility/common facility branch lines
(e.g., sealing and flushing lines, cooling water
lines, Steam-out lines and connection, nitrogen
lines, etc.);
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي‬/‫ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻧﺸﻌﺎب ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط‬،‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﺧﻄﻮط ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن و آب ﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺨﺎر زﻧﻲ و ﺧﻄﻮط‬،‫آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ازت و ﻏﻴﺮه(؛‬

Flare lines, including safety/relief valves
discharge lines;
‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ؛‬/‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬

Start-up and shut-down lines;

Pump-out lines;
‫ﺧﻄﻮط راه اﻧﺪازي و ﺗﻮﻗﻒ؛‬

‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ؛‬

‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺧﻄﻮط ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ و زﻣﻴﻨﻲ )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬
‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد(؛‬EPC ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬

Drain and vent lines and connection
(excluding high point vents and low point
drains which shall be provided during EPC
phase);
‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن و ﺑﺨﺎر زﻧﻲ؛‬

‫ﺧﻄﻮط اﺣﻴﺎء ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ؛‬

Catalyst sulphiding lines;
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮره ﻧﻤﻮدن ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ؛‬


Catalyst sulphiding lines;
‫ﺧﻄﻮط اﺣﻴﺎء ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ؛‬


Equipment and control valve bypasses;
‫ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬرﻫﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل؛‬


Purge and steam-out facilities;

Catalyst regeneration lines;

equipment
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات داﺧﻠﻲ و‬،‫ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮه در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم؛‬

Steam tracing and steam jacketing (only
process requirement).
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﻏﻼف ﺑﺨﺎر )اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
(‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‬

Detail of spool pieces,
internals, etc., when required;
g.1.2. All line numbers, sizes and line material
classification shall be shown.
‫ اﻧﺪازه و ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﻤﺎرهﻫﺎي ﺧﻂ‬2-1-‫ز‬
g.1.3. The direction of normal flow shall be
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺮﻣﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺧﻂﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن داده‬3-1-‫ز‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
shown for all lines.
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
g.1.4. All blinds shall be indicated on the
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن‬4-1-‫ز‬
drawings.
.‫داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
g.1.5. All vent and drain connections shall be
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ و زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬5-1-‫ز‬
identified whether screw screw capped or blind
flanged, if required.
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮع درﭘﻮش ﭘﻴﭽﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻣﺴﺪود‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
g.1.6. Steam traced lines and steam jacketed lines
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﺎ ﻏﻼف‬6-1-‫ز‬
shall be so indicated.
.‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
g.1.7. All equipment flanges, all reducers and
‫ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬،‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞﻫﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬7-1-‫ز‬
non-standard fitting, such as expansion bellows,
flexible tubes, shall be shown.
-‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي اﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬،‫ﻏﻴﺮ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻓﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲﻫﺎي اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ‬
144
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
.‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
g.1.8. All valves shall be shown by a symbol
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻳﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺤﻮه ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻮع ﺷﻴﺮ‬8-1-‫ز‬
representing the type of valve. Any special
orientation or location required for process reason
and/or operability shall be shown. It is not
necessary to show flanges at flanged valves
except for those cases were the flanges deviate
from the piping specification for the line in
question, in which case flange and rating shall be
shown. Any isolating valve shall be shown
licked, normally open or closed.
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي و ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده‬
‫ ﻧﻴﺎزي ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﻠﻨﺞﻫﺎ در ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﻨﺞدار ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺰ در ﻣﻮاﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ از ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﻮرد‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ و ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎز و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻗﻔﻞ‬
g.1.9. Control valve sizes shall be shown.
.‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬9-1-‫ز‬
g.1.10. All valves shown on the flow diagram
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬10-1-‫ز‬
shall have their size indicated by the valve, if
different from line size.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده‬،‫در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﺧﻂ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
g.1.11. Insulation and tracing requirements and
‫ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬11-1-‫ز‬
type shall be covered in the line numbering
system and shown above the line. Tracing
requirement shall be noted on P &IDs by a
dashed line parallel to the line to be traced.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺧﻂ ﻟﺤﺎظ و ﺑﺎﻻي ﺧﻂ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺧﻂ‬P &IDs ‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
.‫ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮازات ﺧﻂ ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه ذﻛﺮ ﮔﺮدد‬
g.1.12. Valve boxes/valve pins shall be
shown by two embraced squares or
rectangulars with indication of "Valve Box"
of "Valve Pit".
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دو ﻣﺮﺑﻊ درﻫﻢ ﻳﺎ‬/‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺮ‬12-1-‫ز‬
g.1.13. Safety relief valves (including rupture
disks) type, inlet and outlet size and rating
and set pressure should be shown, Number of
safety valve required shall be according to
the latest safety rules and standards, now in
vague.
‫ ﻧﻮع ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ دﻳﺴﻚ ﭘﺎره‬13-1-‫ز‬
‫" ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬Valve Pit" ‫" ﻳﺎ‬Valve Box" ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
.‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪه( اﻧﺪازه ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي و ﻓﺸﺎر ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻴﺮ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻃﺒﻖ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺳﻮم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
g.1.14. High point vents and low point drains
are shown only when they are connected to a
closed system, or are required for process
reasons.
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﻘﺎط ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬14-1-‫ز‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
g.1.15. Utility lines originate and terminate
‫ ﺷﺮوع و ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻫﻤﺠﻮار‬15-1-‫ز‬
adjacent to the equipment involved shall be
shown. Only the length of line necessary for
valving, instrumentation and line numbering is
shown. Utility line origin and terminus are
indicated by reference symbol or abbreviation
only. Main utility headers are not shown on the P
&IDs; they are shown on the Utility Distribution
Flow Diagrams.
‫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازهاي‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و ﺷﻤﺎره ﺧﻂ روي آن ﻧﺸﺎن‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻴﺮ‬
‫ ﺷﺮوع و ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬.‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ‬.‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻳﺎ اﺧﺘﺼﺎري ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه‬P &IDs ‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ روي ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ در ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬.‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
145
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
g.1.16. Pertinent information regarding a line
such as "do not pocket" or "slope". Etc., shall
be noted adjacent to the line.
"do not pocket" ‫ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬16-1-‫ز‬
g.1.17. Typical air cooler manifold piping
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ آراﻳﺶ ﭼﻨﺪراﻫﻪ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬17-1-‫ز‬
.‫" و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬slope" ‫ﻳﺎ‬
arrangement shall be shown.
.‫ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
g.1.18. Connections on process lines which
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت روي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺪود‬18-1-‫ز‬
require be blanking or deblanking for flow
direction under special circumstances to be
shown on P &ID.
‫ﺷﺪن و ﻳﺎ رﻓﻊ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﺎص‬
.‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬P &ID ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
g.1.19. Reduction and enlargement in line size
‫ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ و ﻛﺎﻫﺶ اﻧﺪازه ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻧﺪازه ﺧﻂ و‬19-1-‫ز‬
are indicated by line size designation, and reducer
and expander symbols.
.‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه و اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻫﻨﺪه ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
g.1.20. Corrosion allowances other than the
nominal allowances indicated in the individual
line classes shall be shown on the diagrams.
‫ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬20-1-‫ز‬
g.1.21. All operating drains shall be noted and
sized on the flow diagrams and shall be routed to
a drain funnel. Destination of the drains shall be
according
to
the
relevant
Employer’s
specifications/standards. All drains carrying light
hydrocarbons (Reid vapor pressure 34.5 kPa
absolute or greater) shall be segregated from the
oily sewer system, and shall be connected to the
flare system.
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪﻫﺎي زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ و اﻧﺪازه آﻧﻬﺎ روي‬21-1-‫ز‬
‫اﺳﻤﻲ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺧﺎص ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻴﻒ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬/‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪﻫﺎي ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻦﻫﺎي ﺳﺒﻚ )ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺎﺿﻼب ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬34.5 kPa ‫ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬
.‫ﺟﺪا ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
g.1.22. Sample and test connections shall be
shown on the diagrams where required. Samples,
which require cooling and connections to the
flare, shall be shown with the cooling and flare
lines connections.
‫ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ در‬22-1-‫ز‬
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﺮدن و‬.‫ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺧﻄﻮط ﺧﻨﻚ‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
g.1.23. Any locations where slopes, straight runs,
minimum mixing rung, etc., are required for
process reasons must be indicated.
‫ ﻓﺮآوردهﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬،‫ در ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮاد زاﻳﺪ‬23-1-‫ز‬
‫اﺧﺘﻼط ﻓﺮآورده و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﻪ دﻻﻳﻞ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن‬
.‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
g.1.24. The necessary instrumentation and piping
for start-up, control and shut-down, etc., should
be shown for any equipment on P &ID where
applicable.
-‫ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و ﻟـﻮﻟـﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﺿﺮوري ﺑﺮاي راه‬24-1-‫ز‬
g.1.25. Break points between underground and
aboveground piping with insulating flanges (if
required) shall be shown.
‫ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎي اﻧﻔﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ و روي‬25-1-‫ز‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺗﻮﻗﻒ و ﻏﻴﺮه اﮔﺮ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد داﺷﺘـﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬،‫اﻧﺪازي‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬P &ID‫ﻫـﺮ ﻳﻚ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات روي‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺎن اده ﺷﻮد‬
‫زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺞﻫﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖدار )در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
g.2. Piping specialty items
‫ اﻗﻼم وﻳﮋه ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ‬2-‫ز‬
g.2.1. Piping components not identified by
‫ اﺟﺰاء ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻳﺎ‬1-2-‫ز‬
146
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
instrument of mechanical equipment numbers,
etc., and not covered by the piping material
specification, shall be identified by assigning a
Specialty Item Number an Item Code Number for
identification symbol and shall be shown on the
diagrams.
‫ﺷﻤﺎرهﻫﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﺸﺪهاﻧﺪ و در‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ‬،‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺟﻨﺲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻤﺎره آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
.‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ و در ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
g.2.2. Symbol "M" standing for "Monel Trim"
should be mentioned on the valves on the P &IDs
in services where there is a possibility of
condensed water and H2S being present except
for the line classes which provide monel trim
valves and other features. Where it is intended
that the whole line should have monel trim valves
it should also be indicated on the line list.
‫ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬P &ID ‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي روي ﻧﻤﻮدار‬2-2-‫ز‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﻌﺎن آب و ﺣﻀﻮر‬
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬H2S
‫" اﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﺎرﺷﺎن‬Monel Trim" ‫" ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬M" ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺣﺮف‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي آن ﻟﺰوم ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬.‫آورده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻞ‬.‫ و دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬Monel ‫آﻟﻴﺎژ‬
‫ در ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬Monel ‫ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي آﻟﻴﺎژ‬
.‫ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ آن اﺷﺎره ﺷﻮد‬
g.2.3. ASME and non ASME Code change
should be indicated for connection wherever
applicable (in detail engineering stage).
ASME ‫ و آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ASME ‫ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬3-2-‫ز‬
g.2.4. Steam trap and the relevant steam and
condensate lines to be shown for all steam
reboilers, heaters, coils, etc.
‫ ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﺨﺎر و ﻣﻴﻌﺎن ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ‬4-2-‫ز‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آورده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر و ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺎزﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
g.3. General Notes
‫ ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬3-‫ز‬
General notes to be put on the front sheet of P &I
Diagrams of each "Unit" under title of "General
Notes". Rererence should be made to the front
sheet drawing No. Showing "General Notes", on
each P7I Diagram.
‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﻫﺮ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬.‫واﺣﺪ زﻳﺮ ﻋﻨﻮان "ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ" آورده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ارﺟﺎعﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬P&ID ‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد در روي ﻫﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬
‫ داده‬،‫" ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬General Notes" ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
g.3.1. The following general notes shall be
specified as minimum requirement:
‫ ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎ‬1-3-‫ز‬
:‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬

All dimensions are in millimeters except
as noted.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎس دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

Elevations shown are above the highest
point of paving.
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎت ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪﺳﺎزي ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

All valves are line size unless unless
otherwise shown.
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي روي ﺧﻂﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﺧﻂ ﺑﻮده ﻣﮕﺮ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

This flow diagram is diagrammatic only.
Design of pipe lines must be investigated for
venting of gas and vapor pockets in piping and
equipment, low points in piping, pumps and
equipment for freezing and draining and
accessibility of all valves, flanges and
instruments including thermocouples etc.
‫ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬.‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻓﻘﻂ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﻘﺎط ﭘﺴﺖ در‬، ‫ﮔﺎز و ﺑﺨﺎر در ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺘﻨﺎب از ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ و‬،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺞﻫﺎ و اﺑﺰار‬
‫دﻗﻴﻖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ و ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
147
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬

All electronic instrumentation shall be
installed away from steam lines and high
temperature heat sources.
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دور از ﺧﻂ‬
.‫ﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر آب و ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺮارت دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬

For level transmitter center of float is
NLL. The range shall cover the difference
between LLL & HLL.

‫ را‬HLL ‫ و‬LLL ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﻨﺎور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺑﻴﻦ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﺪ‬

Sample tappings for gas samples shall be
from the top of the main line. For liquid
samples tapping shall be done from the side.
‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬
-‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻻي ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
NLL ‫ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺷﻨﺎور‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻤﻴﺘﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

Except for process reasons, low point
drains and high point vents are not shown
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ از ﻧﻘﺎط‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از دﻻﻳﻞ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
.‫ﭘﺴﺖ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ از ﻧﻘﺎط ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

All items marked (PU) can be supplied as
part of package Units.
‫( ﻋﻼﻣﺖ زده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬PU)‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﻗﻼﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮوف‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﺑﺴﺘﻪ واﺣﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬

Temperature instruments shown with
"M" are provided with Monel well.
‫" ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ داراي‬M" ‫ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ دﻣﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﭼﺎﻫﻚ از آﻟﻴﺎژ ﻣﻮﻧﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
g.3.2. The following general notes may be
specified required:
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ زﻳﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺿﺮورت ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ‬2-3-‫ز‬
g.3.2.1. Piping drains and vents (if applicable for
process reasons): Low point drains and high
point vents piping shall be provided in
accordance with the following requirements:
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ )در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-2-3-‫ز‬
a)
:‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﻘﺎط ﭘﺴﺖ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬:(‫ﺑﻪ دﻻﻳﻞ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
:‫ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﮔﺮدد‬
Drains for all sizes:
:‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﻪ اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎ‬
3
‫ ﺑﺎ‬DN 20 (‫ ﺷﻴﺮ دروازهاي ) اﻳﻨﭻ‬:‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي آﻟﻴﺎژي‬
4
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺳﻴﺎل و‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
 Alloy piping: DN 20 (¾ inch) gate valve
with blind flange, based on the fluid,
operating condition and valid standards.
 Carbon steel piping: DN 20 (¾ inch)
gate valve with threaded plug, based on the
fluid, operating condition and valid
standards.
3
(‫ ﺷﻴﺮ دروازهاي ) اﻳﻨﭻ‬:‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
4
‫ ﺑﺎ درﭘﻮش رزوهاي ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺳﻴﺎل و‬DN 20
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
: ‫ و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬DN 50 (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬2) ‫ب( ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
b) Vents for DN 50 (2 inch) and larger:
High point vent shall be provide for the DN
50 (2 inch) and larger. Size and type are
based on the following:
(‫ اﻳﻨﺞ‬2) ‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه و ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي زﻳﺮ‬.‫ و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﮔﺮدد‬DN 50
:‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
 Alloy piping: DN 20 (¾ inch) gate valve
with blind flange, based on the fluid,
operating condition and valid standards;
3
‫ ﺑﺎ‬DN 20 (‫ ﺷﻴﺮ دروازهاي ) اﻳﻨﭻ‬:‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي آﻟﻴﺎژي‬
4
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺳﻴﺎل و‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
148
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
 Carbon steel piping: DN 20(¾ inch) gate
valve with threaded plug, based on the fluid,
operating condition and valid standards;
3
(‫ ﺷﻴﺮ دروازهاي ) اﻳﻨﭻ‬:‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
4
 The vent provided for hydrostatic testing
shall be DN 20(¾ inch) boss with threaded
plug based on the fluid, operating condition
and valid standards.
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻴﺪرواﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
3
‫ ﺑﺎ درﭘﻮش رزوهاي ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي‬DN 20 (‫اﺗﺼﺎل ) اﻳﻨﭻ‬
4
.‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺳﻴﺎل و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ درﭘﻮش رزوهاي ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺳﻴﺎل و‬DN 20
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
g.3.2.2. Block valves on orifice tap (in detail
engineering stage):
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد روي اﺗﺼﺎل ارﻳﻔﻴﺲ )در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬2-2-3-‫ز‬
.‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‬
a) DN 15 (½inch) single gate valve shall be
provided for the all orifices of the piping class
of PN 100 (600#) and less.
1
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬DN 15 (‫اﻟﻒ( ﺷﻴﺮدروازهاي ﻣﻨﻔﺮد ) اﻳﻨﭻ‬
2
PN (900#) ‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ارﻳﻔﻴﺲﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
.‫ و ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬100
b) DN 20 (¾inch) single gate valve shall be
provided for the all orifices of the piping class
of PN 150 (900#) and over:
3
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ‬DN 20 (‫ب( ﺷﻴﺮدروازهاي ﻣﻨﻔﺮد ) اﻳﻨﭻ‬
4
‫ و‬PN 150 (600#) ‫ارﻳﻔﻴﺲﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
g.3.2.3. Drain valve of level gages
instruments (in detail engineering stage):
and
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ )در‬3-2-3-‫ز‬
:(‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‬
a) Drin valves [DN 20 (¾ inch) gate valve]
shall be provided.
3
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬DN 20 (‫اﻟﻒ( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ) اﻳﻨﭻ‬
4
.‫)ﻧﻮع دروازهاي( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
b) The provisions should be made for routing
the drain of liquids with RVP of greater that
34.5 kPa (abs) to flare).
‫ب ( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪات ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ در‬34/5kPa ‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬RVP ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬
g.4. Assembly Piping of Pumps (where
applicable for process reasons):
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎ )در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺑﻪ‬4-‫ز‬
:(‫دﻻﻳﻞ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
g.2.1. Valve size selection basis for pumps:
:‫ اﺳﺎس اﻧﺘﺨﺎب اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎ‬1-4-‫ز‬
Generally, the size is likely between pump
suction line and pump suction nozzle size, or
pump discharge line and pump discharge nozzle
sizes. In case that, pump nozzle is one or more
sizes smaller than the line size, the size of block
valve shall be in accordance with the following:
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺗﻔﺎوت اﻧﺪازه ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ورودي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ و ﻧﺎزل ورودي‬
‫ در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ و ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ اﻧﺪازه ﻧﺎزل ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻳﻚ اﻧﺪازه ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از اﻧﺪازه‬
:‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻴﺮ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
149
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
BLOCK VALVE
NOZZLE
‫ﻧﺎزل‬
a) AT PUMP SUCTION
‫ﺷﻴﺮ اﻧﺴﺪاد‬
1- One size smaller than line
‫اﻟﻒ( در ورودي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬
1- Same as suction line size
‫ ﻳﻚ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬-1
2- Two or more sizes smaller than line
‫ ﻫﻢ اﻧﺪازه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ورودي‬-1
2- Select One size smaller than line
‫ دو اﻧﺪازه ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬-2
‫ ﻳﻚ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬-2
b) AT PUMP DISCHARGE Smaller than discharge line
Select one size smaller than line
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
‫ب( در ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
g.4.2. Pump strainer:
:‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬-2-4-‫ز‬
g.4.2.1. The suction strainer of pumps shall be
selected in accordance with the following criteria:
‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ورودي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﻌﻴﺎر زﻳﺮ‬-1-2-4-‫ز‬
:‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
LINE SIZE
STRAINER TYPE
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬

DN 80 (3 inch) and larger
‫ و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬DN 80 (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬3) 
T

DN 50 (2 inch) and smaller
‫ و ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‬DN 50 (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬2) 
Y
‫ و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬DN 150 (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬6) ‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه‬2-2-4-‫ز‬
g.4.2.2. Strainers DN 150 (6 inch) and larger shall
have DN 25 (one inch) drain valve.
.‫ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬DN 25 (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬1) ‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه‬
g.4.3. Pump vent and drains:
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬3-4-‫ز‬
Vent gas from pump casing drains and vents shall
be routed to closed system such as flare for the
following services:
a)
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﺎز از ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪﻫﺎي زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬
:‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
Fluids contain toxic material;
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺳﻴﺎﻻت داراي ﻣﻮاد ﺳﻤﻲ‬
b)
Fluids with a Reid vapor pressure
greater than 34.5 kPa (abs) at pump operating
temperature.
‫( ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬Reid) ‫ب ( ﺳﻴﺎﻻت داراي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬
‫ )ﻣﻄﻠﻖ( در دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ ﻣﻮارد‬34/5kPa
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﺎز از ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬،‫ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺧﻼء ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ورودي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫ ﺗﻮازن ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺮﻗﺮار ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬
-‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺮ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺎﻻ در ﻫﻤﻪ ﺣﺎﻻت ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎي در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺿﻼب آﺑﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬.‫ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
In addition to the above, the vent of casing for
the vacuum service should be routed back to
the suction vessel to make out the pressure
balance prior to the pump operation. Drain of
hydrocarbon pump shall also have disposal to
oil water sewer in all cases in addition to the
above requirement unless otherwise specified.
g.4.4. Warming-Up line:
‫ ﺧﻂ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن‬4-4-‫ز‬
The provisions for warming-up of pump is
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد و ﻳﺎ‬170 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬
150
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
required for the pump operated at 170ºc and
higher when the process fluid solidifies at
ambient condition or the fluid are corrosive toxic.
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ وﻗﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺎل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ در دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪات‬،‫ﮔﺮدد و ﻳﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺎل ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه و ﻳﺎ ﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
g.4.5. Auxiliary piping of pump:
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬5-4-‫ز‬
Details of auxiliary piping such as, cooling water,
plant water, steam and condensate, mechanical
seal flush fluid, which are required as per pump
data sheet shall be shown on a separate drawing.
Reference to the auxiliary piping drawing shall be
noted under the pump description (in detail
engineering stage).
‫ آب‬،‫ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺳﻴﺎل ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي آب ﺑﻨﺪي‬،‫ ﺑﺨﺎر آب و ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت‬،‫ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ در ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
‫ در‬.‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺟﺪا ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺷﺮح ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ارﺟﺎع ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ذﻛﺮ ﮔﺮدد‬
g.5. Steam-out, Drain and Vent for Vessels:
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﻇﺮوف‬،‫ ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧﻲ‬5-‫ز‬
g.5.1. Size and requirement of steam-out, vent
and drain nozzles of vessels shall according to the
requirements stipulated in the Employer’s
requirements (design criteria of “Basic
Engineering Design Data”). The vent valve shall
be directly mounted on the vent nozzle with blind
flange.
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬،‫ اﻧﺪازه و ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﺎزلﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧﻲ‬1-5-‫ز‬
g.5.2. In addition to the vents required in article
g.5.1 above, a blanked off ventilation nozzle as
requested in the Employer’s design criteria shall
be provided on the top of the all horizontal
vessels near the end the end opposite the man
way.
‫ ﻳﻚ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻻ‬1-5-‫ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ در ﺑﻨﺪ ز‬2-5-‫ز‬
g.5.3. Vent connections must be located on top
of the vertical and horizontal vessels.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻇﺮوف ﻋﻤﻮدي و‬3-5-‫ز‬
g.5.4. The drain valve sill be provided as
follows:
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬4-5-‫ز‬
‫ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺼﺮح ﺷﺪه ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ‬."‫)ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻳﺎ "دادهﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎزل ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻣﺴﺪود‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺎزل ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﺷﺪه ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫روي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻇﺮوف اﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو در‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬
.‫اﻓﻘﻲ ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﺷﻮد‬

For low pressure services, up to design
pressure of 3800 kPa, provide single block
valve with blind plate.

.‫ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪودﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬3800
kPa ‫ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮيﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮيﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻔﺖ‬.‫ و ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3800kPa
. ‫ﺷﻴﺮ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬

For high pressure services over design
pressure of 3800 kPa, or where the nature of
liquid requires it, provide double block valves
with blind plate.
g.6. Bypass for Safety/Relief Valve:
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬/‫ ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﺷﻴﺮاﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬6-‫ز‬
The bypass shall be provided for venting the
hydrocarbon gas or toxic gas to flare system
while plant shut-down or start-up. Provision of
bypass shall be as per following criteria:
‫ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﮔﺎز ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺎز ﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ در ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ و ﻳﺎ راهاﻧﺪازي واﺣﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬
:‫ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
151
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
g.6.1. Vessels:
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
‫ ﻇﺮوف‬1-6-‫ز‬
Bypass shall be provided unless otherwise
specified in the relevant Company ̀s
specifications.
‫ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮر دﻳﮕﺮي در‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
g.6.2. Piping/Equipment:
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬/‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ‬2-6-‫ز‬
g.6.2.1. Gas service:
:‫ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﮔﺎز‬1-2-6-‫ز‬
a) If there is other purge line to flare on same
stream line, bypass is not required for
safety/relief valve.
‫اﻟﻒ( ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و زداﻳﺶ دﻳﮕﺮي ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ در‬
b) In case of no purge line to flare for toxic or
flammable hydrocarbon, bypass valve shall be
provided. The size of bypass valve and line
shall be same as the vent size of
piping/equipment.
-‫ب( در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﺒﻮدن ﺧﻂ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻦ‬
‫ ﻧﻴﺎزي ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﺮ‬،‫ﻫﻤﺎن ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬/‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﺳﻤﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر و ﺧﻂ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬
.‫ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
g.6.2.2. Liquid service:
:‫ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬2-2-6-‫ز‬
Bypass valves are generally not provided for
liquid service unless otherwise specified.
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر‬
.‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آن ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮد‬
g.7. Line numbering:
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺧﻂ‬7-‫ز‬
a) For line numbering system reference
should be made to the Employer s line
numbering specification.
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺧﻂ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﻪ‬
b) Line numbers shall be assigned to all lines
with the following origins and destinations:
‫ب( ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط از ﺷﺮوع ﺗﺎ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺧﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﻣﻘﺼﺪ زﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
 From individual equipment item to
individual equipment item;
‫از ﻳﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﻔﺮد ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﻔﺮد دﻳﮕﺮ؛‬

 From individual equipment item and vice
versa. Another number is required for the
line located at the downstream of equipment;
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻂ‬.‫ از ﺧﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﻔﺮد و ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ‬
‫واﻗﻊ در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ دﺳﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﻤﺎره دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
 From line to line (exceptions: control
valve bypass, block valve warm-up and
equalizing bypasses, and safety relief valve
bypass;
،‫ ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬:‫ از ﺧﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺴﺪاد ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن و اﻳﻤﻨﻲ(؛‬
 From unique equipment to the same
unique equipment item (except level
standpipes);
‫ از ﻳﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي‬
‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎده ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ(؛‬
‫ ﻗﻴﻒ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬،‫ از ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ و ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ آﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ دودﻛﺶﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ داﻳﻤﻲ‬/‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻳﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي(؛‬
 From line or equipment to atmosphere,
funnel, of closed drainage system (exception:
continuous process vent stacks and process
drains).
152
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-E-PR-230(1)
c) Pipeline numbers shall be prefixed, from
source to Unit battery limit with the Unit
number of the Unit of origin.
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره واﺣﺪ‬،‫ج ( ﺷﻤﺎره ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﭘﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
d) A new line number is requires when the
pipe design condition can very (e.g.,
downstream of the control valve assembly) or
when a new piping class is to be specified.
‫د ( وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻣﺜﻼً ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ از ﻣﻨﺸﺎء ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮز واﺣﺪ؛‬.‫ﻣﺒﺪاء ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ و ﻳﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬.(‫دﺳﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻂ ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
153